TW201936902A - Optically anisotropic body and method for manufacturing same - Google Patents

Optically anisotropic body and method for manufacturing same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201936902A
TW201936902A TW108101624A TW108101624A TW201936902A TW 201936902 A TW201936902 A TW 201936902A TW 108101624 A TW108101624 A TW 108101624A TW 108101624 A TW108101624 A TW 108101624A TW 201936902 A TW201936902 A TW 201936902A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
layer
liquid crystal
group
region
plane
Prior art date
Application number
TW108101624A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
中島俊平
Original Assignee
日商日本瑞翁股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商日本瑞翁股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商日本瑞翁股份有限公司
Publication of TW201936902A publication Critical patent/TW201936902A/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

An optically anisotropic body provided with an optically anisotropic layer including a first region and a second region satisfying conditions (1) through (3), the optically anisotropic layer being formed from a cured material of a liquid crystal composition including a liquid crystalline compound. (1) In a cross section of the optically anisotropic layer parallel to both the thickness direction and the in-plane slow axis of the optically anisotropic layer, the first region has a first slow axis that is inclined with respect to the in-plane direction of the optically anisotropic layer. (2) In the aforementioned cross section, the second region has a second slow axis that is inclined with respect to the in-plane direction of the optically anisotropic layer. (3) In the aforementioned cross section, the angle [Delta][Theta] formed by the first slow axis and the second slow axis is 40 DEG to 80 DEG.

Description

光學各向異性體及其製造方法Optical anisotropic body and method of manufacturing same

本發明係關於光學各向異性體及其製造方法。The present invention relates to an optical anisotropic body and a method of manufacturing the same.

作為光學部件之一,使用液晶性化合物所製造的光學各向異性體已為人所知。此光學各向異性體一般具備:包含由使包含液晶性化合物之液晶組成物定向,並維持其定向狀態直接使其固化的固化物所形成之區域的光學各向異性層。作為此種光學各向異性體,已提案有專利文獻1所記載者。As one of the optical members, an optical anisotropic body produced using a liquid crystal compound is known. The optically anisotropic body generally includes an optically anisotropic layer containing a region formed by a cured product in which a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystalline compound is oriented and maintained in an oriented state to be directly cured. Patent Document 1 has been proposed as such an optical anisotropic body.

『專利文獻』
《專利文獻1》:日本專利第5363022號公報
"Patent Literature"
Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent No. 5363022

光學各向異性體所具備之光學各向異性層,通常具有因液晶性化合物而產生的面內延遲。據此,光學各向異性體可適用在設置於有機電致發光顯示面板(以下適時稱作「有機EL顯示面板」。)的圓偏光板及橢圓偏光板等偏光板。此偏光板通常將直線偏光件與光學各向異性體組合而包含。此種偏光板由於可發揮作為具有反射抑制能力之反射抑制薄膜的功能,故可藉由設置於有機EL顯示面板的顯示面,在顯示面的正面方向上抑制外界光線的反射。The optically anisotropic layer provided in the optical anisotropic body usually has an in-plane retardation due to a liquid crystal compound. According to this, the optical anisotropic body can be applied to a polarizing plate such as a circularly polarizing plate or an elliptically polarizing plate which is provided on an organic electroluminescence display panel (hereinafter referred to as an "organic EL display panel"). This polarizing plate usually contains a linear polarizer in combination with an optical anisotropic body. Since such a polarizing plate can function as a reflection suppressing film having a reflection suppressing ability, it can be provided on the display surface of the organic EL display panel to suppress reflection of external light in the front direction of the display surface.

並且,就在顯示面之傾斜方向上抑制外界光線之反射而獲得優異之視角特性的觀點而言,光學各向異性層以在其厚度方向上適度調整雙折射為佳。藉由調整在厚度方向上之光學各向異性層的雙折射,可調整在該光學各向異性層之傾斜方向上的延遲。據此,只要使用具備此種光學各向異性層的光學各向異性體,即可獲得能在傾斜方向上抑制外界光線之反射的偏光板。為了調整在厚度方向上的雙折射,可設想例如:使光學各向異性層所包含之液晶性化合物之分子相對於該光學各向異性層之層體平面傾斜。Further, from the viewpoint of suppressing reflection of external light in the oblique direction of the display surface and obtaining excellent viewing angle characteristics, it is preferable that the optically anisotropic layer moderately adjusts birefringence in the thickness direction thereof. The retardation in the oblique direction of the optically anisotropic layer can be adjusted by adjusting the birefringence of the optically anisotropic layer in the thickness direction. According to this, as long as an optical anisotropic body having such an optically anisotropic layer is used, a polarizing plate capable of suppressing reflection of external light in an oblique direction can be obtained. In order to adjust the birefringence in the thickness direction, for example, it is conceivable that the molecules of the liquid crystalline compound contained in the optically anisotropic layer are inclined with respect to the plane plane of the optically anisotropic layer.

對於使液晶性化合物之分子相對於光學各向異性層之層體平面傾斜的技術,如專利文獻1所記載,自以往以來已進行各式各樣的研究。然透過以往的技術所獲得之光學各向異性體的光學各向異性層之傾斜方向的延遲,有著方向依賴性。於此,所謂延遲的方向依賴性,係指延遲因方位而相異的性質。As a technique for inclining the molecules of the liquid crystal compound with respect to the plane plane of the optically anisotropic layer, as described in Patent Document 1, various studies have been conducted in the past. However, the retardation of the oblique direction of the optically anisotropic layer of the optical anisotropic body obtained by the prior art has a directional dependence. Here, the direction dependence of the delay means that the delay differs depending on the orientation.

因此,以往的光學各向異性層,其傾斜方向的延遲並非一定,其每個傾斜方向之方位相異。尤其,在與光學各向異性層之面內慢軸垂直的傾斜方向以及與光學各向異性層之面內快軸垂直的傾斜方向之間,有延遲大為相異的傾向。因此,在將以往的光學各向異性體適用於反射抑制薄膜的情況下,在傾斜方向上的反射抑制能力會產生方向依賴性。所謂反射抑制能力的方向依賴性,係指反射抑制能力因方位而相異的性質。Therefore, in the conventional optically anisotropic layer, the retardation in the oblique direction is not constant, and the orientation in each oblique direction is different. In particular, there is a tendency that the retardation is greatly different between the oblique direction perpendicular to the slow axis in the plane of the optically anisotropic layer and the oblique direction perpendicular to the in-plane fast axis of the optically anisotropic layer. Therefore, when the conventional optical anisotropic body is applied to the reflection suppressing film, the reflection suppressing ability in the oblique direction is directional. The direction dependence of the reflection suppression ability refers to the property that the reflection suppression ability differs depending on the orientation.

並且,光學各向異性層之傾斜方向之延遲的方向依賴性,有時在反射抑制薄膜以外的用途上亦會產生問題。舉例而言,有時在將光學各向異性體作為相位差板、波長板、光學補償薄膜等光學部件設置於液晶顯示裝置的情形中,傾斜方向之延遲在每個方位上相異,因而在自傾斜方向觀看到的黑亮度等顯示性能產生方向依賴性。所謂「黑亮度」,係指在黑顯示狀態時之顯示面的亮度。所謂黑顯示狀態,係指顯示面之整面顯示黑色的狀態。並且,所謂顯示性能的方向依賴性,係指顯示性能因方位而相異的性質。Further, the direction dependence of the retardation in the oblique direction of the optically anisotropic layer may cause problems in applications other than the reflection suppressing film. For example, in the case where an optical anisotropic body is provided as an optical member such as a phase difference plate, a wave plate, or an optical compensation film in a liquid crystal display device, the delay in the oblique direction is different in each orientation, and thus Display performance such as black brightness observed from the oblique direction causes direction dependence. The term "black brightness" refers to the brightness of the display surface in the black display state. The black display state refers to a state in which the entire surface of the display surface is displayed in black. Further, the direction dependence of the display performance refers to the property that the display performance differs depending on the orientation.

由以上事由,已要求開發可抑制在傾斜方向上之延遲之方向依賴性的技術。In view of the above, development of a technique capable of suppressing the direction dependence of the delay in the oblique direction has been demanded.

本發明係鑑於前述問題而首創者,其目的在於提供具備「可抑制在傾斜方向上之延遲之方向依賴性的光學各向異性層」的光學各向異性體及其製造方法。The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the invention is to provide an optical anisotropic body having an "optical anisotropic layer capable of suppressing the direction dependence of retardation in an oblique direction" and a method for producing the same.

本發明人為能解決前述問題而潛心研究。其結果,本發明人發現藉由光學各向異性層包含:在平行於該光學各向異性層之面內慢軸及厚度方向兩者的光學各向異性層之剖面中,滿足下述要件(1)~(3)之第一區域及第二區域的組合,可解決前述問題,進而完成本發明。
(1)第一區域具有相對於光學各向異性層之面內方向傾斜的第一慢軸。
(2)第二區域具有相對於光學各向異性層之面內方向傾斜的第二慢軸。
(3)第一慢軸與第二慢軸所夾之角度Δθ位於指定範圍。
The present inventors have diligently studied to solve the aforementioned problems. As a result, the inventors have found that the optically anisotropic layer contains the following elements in the cross section of the optically anisotropic layer in the slow axis and the thickness direction parallel to the plane of the optically anisotropic layer ( The combination of the first region and the second region of 1) to (3) solves the aforementioned problems and further completes the present invention.
(1) The first region has a first slow axis that is inclined with respect to the in-plane direction of the optically anisotropic layer.
(2) The second region has a second slow axis that is inclined with respect to the in-plane direction of the optically anisotropic layer.
(3) The angle Δθ between the first slow axis and the second slow axis is within a specified range.

亦即,本發明包含下述者。That is, the present invention encompasses the following.

[1]一種光學各向異性體,其具備包含第一區域及第二區域的光學各向異性層,所述第一區域及第二區域係由包含液晶性化合物之液晶組成物的固化物所形成且滿足下述要件(1)~(3):
(1)在平行於前述光學各向異性層之面內慢軸及厚度方向兩者的前述光學各向異性層之剖面中,前述第一區域具有相對於前述光學各向異性層之面內方向傾斜的第一慢軸;
(2)在前述剖面中,前述第二區域具有相對於前述光學各向異性層之面內方向傾斜的第二慢軸; (3)在前述剖面中,前述第一慢軸與前述第二慢軸所夾之角度Δθ為40°~80°。
[1] An optical anisotropic body comprising: an optically anisotropic layer comprising a first region and a second region, wherein the first region and the second region are cured products of a liquid crystal composition comprising a liquid crystal compound Form and meet the following requirements (1) to (3):
(1) in the cross section of the optically anisotropic layer parallel to both the slow axis and the thickness direction of the in-plane optical anisotropic layer, the first region has an in-plane direction with respect to the optically anisotropic layer The first slow axis of the tilt;
(2) in the cross section, the second region has a second slow axis that is inclined with respect to the in-plane direction of the optically anisotropic layer; (3) in the cross section, the first slow axis and the second slow The angle Δθ sandwiched by the shaft is 40° to 80°.

[2]如[1]所記載之光學各向異性體,其中前述第一區域的面內慢軸與前述第二區域的面內慢軸所夾之角度為0°~5°。[2] The optical anisotropic body according to [1], wherein an angle between the in-plane slow axis of the first region and the in-plane slow axis of the second region is 0 to 5 degrees.

[3]如[1]或[2]所記載之光學各向異性體,其中在前述光學各向異性層之前述剖面中,前述第一區域的第一慢軸相對於前述光學各向異性層之面內方向所夾之角度θ1為20°~40°,
在前述光學各向異性層之前述剖面中,前述第二區域的第二慢軸相對於前述光學各向異性層之面內方向所夾之角度θ2為20°~40°。
[3] The optical anisotropic body according to [1] or [2] wherein, in the aforementioned cross section of the optically anisotropic layer, the first slow axis of the first region is opposite to the optically anisotropic layer The angle θ1 between the in-plane directions is 20° to 40°.
In the cross section of the optically anisotropic layer, the angle θ2 of the second slow axis of the second region with respect to the in-plane direction of the optically anisotropic layer is 20° to 40°.

[4]如[1]~[3]之任一項所記載之光學各向異性體,其中在量測波長550 nm之前述光學各向異性層的面內延遲為100 nm以上且180 nm以下。[4] The optical anisotropic body according to any one of [1] to [3] wherein the in-plane retardation of the optically anisotropic layer having a measurement wavelength of 550 nm is 100 nm or more and 180 nm or less. .

[5]如[1]~[3]之任一項所記載之光學各向異性體,其中在量測波長550 nm之前述光學各向異性層的面內延遲為240 nm以上且320 nm以下。[5] The optical anisotropic body according to any one of [1] to [3] wherein the in-plane retardation of the optically anisotropic layer having a measurement wavelength of 550 nm is 240 nm or more and 320 nm or less .

[6]如[4]所記載之光學各向異性體,其中在量測波長550 nm之前述第一區域的面內延遲及前述第二區域的面內延遲兩者皆為30 nm以上。[6] The optical anisotropic body according to [4], wherein the in-plane retardation of the first region at a measurement wavelength of 550 nm and the in-plane retardation of the second region are both 30 nm or more.

[7]如[5]所記載之光學各向異性體,其中在量測波長550 nm之前述第一區域的面內延遲及前述第二區域的面內延遲兩者皆為60 nm以上。[7] The optical anisotropic body according to [5], wherein the in-plane retardation of the first region at a measurement wavelength of 550 nm and the in-plane retardation of the second region are both 60 nm or more.

[8]如[1]~[7]之任一項所記載之光學各向異性體,其係相位差薄膜。[8] The optical anisotropic body according to any one of [1] to [7] which is a retardation film.

[9]一種光學各向異性體的製造方法,其係如[1]~[8]之任一項所記載之光學各向異性體的製造方法,包含:
準備由包含液晶性化合物之液晶組成物的固化物所形成之層體的工序;以及
貼合前述層體的工序。
The method for producing an optical anisotropic body according to any one of [1] to [8], comprising:
a step of preparing a layer body formed of a cured product of a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal compound; and a step of bonding the layer body.

[10]一種光學各向異性體的製造方法,其係如[1]~[8]之任一項所記載之光學各向異性體的製造方法,包含:
準備由包含液晶性化合物之液晶組成物所形成之層體的工序;
貼合前述層體的工序;以及
使經貼合之前述層體固化的工序。
[10] The method for producing an optical anisotropic body according to any one of [1] to [8], comprising:
a step of preparing a layer body formed of a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal compound;
a step of bonding the layer body; and a step of curing the layered body to be bonded.

[11]一種偏光板,其具備如[1]~[8]之任一項所記載之光學各向異性體及直線偏光件。[11] A polarizing plate comprising the optical anisotropic body according to any one of [1] to [8], and a linear polarizer.

根據本發明,可提供具備「可抑制在傾斜方向上之延遲之方向依賴性的光學各向異性層」的光學各向異性體及其製造方法。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an optical anisotropic body having an "optical anisotropic layer capable of suppressing the direction dependence of retardation in the oblique direction" and a method for producing the same.

以下揭示示例物及實施型態以詳細說明本發明。惟本發明並非受限於以下所揭示之示例物及實施型態者,在不脫離本發明之申請專利範圍及其均等範圍的範圍內得任意變更而實施。The invention will be described in detail below by way of examples and embodiments. However, the present invention is not limited to the examples and embodiments disclosed below, and may be modified without departing from the scope of the invention and the scope of the invention.

在以下說明中,所謂某層體的「面內方向」,除非另有註記,否則表示平行於層體平面的方向。In the following description, the "in-plane direction" of a layer body means a direction parallel to the plane of the layer plane unless otherwise noted.

在以下說明中,所謂某層體的「厚度方向」,除非另有註記,否則表示垂直於層體平面的方向。因此,除非另有註記,否則某層體的面內方向與厚度方向垂直。In the following description, the "thickness direction" of a layer body means a direction perpendicular to the plane of the layer plane unless otherwise noted. Therefore, unless otherwise noted, the in-plane direction of a layer is perpendicular to the thickness direction.

在以下說明中,所謂某層體的「傾斜方向」,除非另有註記,否則表示對於層體平面既不平行亦不垂直的方向,具體上係指前述層體平面之極角為5°以上且85°以下之範圍的方向。In the following description, the "inclination direction" of a layer body, unless otherwise noted, indicates a direction that is neither parallel nor perpendicular to the plane of the layer plane, specifically, the polar angle of the plane of the layer plane is 5° or more. And the direction of the range below 85 °.

在以下說明中,所謂某層體的傾斜方向之「方位」,除非另有註記,否則表示此傾斜方向之平行於層體平面的成分。In the following description, the "orientation" of the tilt direction of a layer body, unless otherwise noted, indicates the composition of the tilt direction parallel to the plane of the layer plane.

在以下說明中,所謂某面的「正面方向」,除非另有註記,否則表示此面的法線方向,具體上係指前述面之極角0°的方向。In the following description, the "front direction" of a certain surface indicates the normal direction of the surface unless otherwise noted, and specifically refers to the direction in which the polar angle of the surface is 0°.

在以下說明中,所謂某面的「傾斜方向」,除非另有註記,否則表示對於此面既不平行亦不垂直的方向,具體上係指前述面之極角為5°以上且85°以下之範圍的方向。In the following description, the "inclination direction" of a certain surface means that the direction of the surface is neither parallel nor perpendicular unless otherwise noted. Specifically, the polar angle of the surface is 5° or more and 85° or less. The direction of the range.

在以下說明中,所謂某層體的「面內慢軸」,除非另有註記,否則係指面內方向的慢軸。In the following description, the "in-plane slow axis" of a layer body refers to the slow axis in the in-plane direction unless otherwise noted.

在以下說明中,所謂某層體的「面內快軸」,除非另有註記,否則係指面內方向的快軸。In the following description, the "in-plane fast axis" of a layer body refers to the fast axis in the in-plane direction unless otherwise noted.

在以下說明中,所謂某元件相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)「傾斜」,表示此元件相對於前述面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)既不平行亦不垂直。前述元件相對於前述面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度通常位於5°以上且85°以下的範圍。In the following description, an element is "slanted" with respect to the in-plane direction (ie, relative to the plane of the layer), indicating that the element is neither parallel nor perpendicular with respect to the in-plane direction (ie, relative to the plane of the layer). . The angle at which the aforementioned elements are interposed with respect to the in-plane direction (i.e., with respect to the plane of the layer) is generally in the range of 5° or more and 85° or less.

在以下說明中,所謂元件的方向為「平行」及「垂直」,除非另有註記,否則在不損及本發明之效果的範圍內,亦可包含例如±4°、以±3°為佳、以±1°為較佳之範圍內的誤差。In the following description, the directions of the elements are "parallel" and "vertical", and unless otherwise noted, it is preferable to include, for example, ±4° and ±3° within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. ±1° is the error within the preferred range.

在以下說明中,除非另有註記,否則所謂某層體所包含之液晶性化合物之分子的「傾角」,表示此液晶性化合物之分子相對於層體平面所夾之角度。此傾角相當於在液晶性化合物之分子的折射率橢球體上最大折射率之方向與層體平面所夾之角度之中最大的角度。因此,在折射率橢球體上最大折射率之方向為一個的情況下,此方向與層體平面所夾之角度相當於傾角。並且,在折射率橢球體上最大折射率之方向為多個的情況下,「此等方向之中與層體平面所夾之角度成為最大」之方向與層體平面所夾之角度相當於傾角。In the following description, unless otherwise noted, the "inclination angle" of the molecule of the liquid crystalline compound contained in a layer body indicates the angle at which the molecules of the liquid crystal compound are sandwiched with respect to the plane of the layer. This inclination corresponds to the largest angle among the angles of the direction of the maximum refractive index on the refractive index ellipsoid of the molecules of the liquid crystalline compound and the plane of the layer plane. Therefore, in the case where the direction of the maximum refractive index on the index ellipsoid is one, the angle between this direction and the plane of the layer plane corresponds to the inclination angle. Further, in the case where the direction of the maximum refractive index on the index ellipsoid is plural, the direction in which the angle between the planes and the plane of the layer plane is the largest is equal to the plane of the layer plane, which corresponds to the inclination angle. .

在以下說明中,所謂逆波長色散性的雙折射,除非另有註記,否則係指在波長450 nm的雙折射Δn(450)及在波長550 nm的雙折射Δn(550)滿足下述式(N1)的雙折射。可顯現此種逆波長色散性之雙折射的液晶性化合物,通常量測波長愈長,可顯現愈大的雙折射。
Δn(450)<Δn(550) (N1)
In the following description, the inverse wavelength dispersion birefringence, unless otherwise noted, means that the birefringence Δn (450) at a wavelength of 450 nm and the birefringence Δn (550) at a wavelength of 550 nm satisfy the following formula ( Birefringence of N1). Such a liquid crystal compound having a reverse wavelength dispersion birefringence can be exhibited, and generally, the longer the measurement wavelength, the larger the birefringence can be expressed.
Δn(450)<Δn(550) (N1)

在以下說明中,所謂順波長色散性的雙折射,除非另有註記,否則係指在波長450 nm的雙折射Δn(450)及在波長550 nm的雙折射Δn(550)滿足下述式(N2)的雙折射。可顯現此種順波長色散性之雙折射的液晶性化合物,通常量測波長愈長,可顯現愈小的雙折射。
Δn(450)>Δn(550) (N2)
In the following description, the so-called wavelength-dispersive birefringence, unless otherwise noted, means that the birefringence Δn (450) at a wavelength of 450 nm and the birefringence Δn (550) at a wavelength of 550 nm satisfy the following formula ( Birefringence of N2). Such a liquid crystal compound having a birefringence with a wavelength dispersion can be expressed, and generally, the longer the measurement wavelength, the smaller the birefringence can be expressed.
Δn(450)>Δn(550) (N2)

在以下說明中,某層體的面內延遲Re,除非另有註記,否則係由Re=(nx-ny)×d所表示之值。於此,nx表示與層體的厚度方向垂直之方向(面內方向)且賦予最大折射率之方向的折射率。ny表示層體之前述面內方向且與nx的方向正交之方向的折射率。d表示層體的厚度。延遲的量測波長,除非另有註記,否則為550 nm。面內延遲Re可使用相位差計(Axometrics公司製「AxoScan」)來量測。In the following description, the in-plane retardation of a layer is retarded by a value represented by Re = (nx - ny) × d unless otherwise noted. Here, nx represents a refractive index in a direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the layer body (in-plane direction) and giving a direction of maximum refractive index. Ny denotes the refractive index of the layer in the in-plane direction and the direction orthogonal to the direction of nx. d represents the thickness of the layer. The measured wavelength of the delay is 550 nm unless otherwise noted. The in-plane retardation Re can be measured using a phase difference meter ("AxoScan" manufactured by Axometrics Co., Ltd.).

在以下說明中,所謂固有雙折射值為正的樹脂,意謂延伸方向之折射率變成較與之正交之方向之折射率還大的樹脂。並且,所謂固有雙折射值為負的樹脂,意謂延伸方向之折射率變成較與之正交之方向之折射率還小的樹脂。固有雙折射值可由介電常數分布計算。In the following description, the resin having a positive intrinsic birefringence value means that the refractive index in the extending direction becomes a resin having a larger refractive index than the direction orthogonal thereto. Further, the resin having a negative intrinsic birefringence value means a resin having a refractive index in the extending direction which is smaller than a refractive index in a direction orthogonal thereto. The intrinsic birefringence value can be calculated from the dielectric constant distribution.

在以下說明中,具有取代基之基的碳原子數,除非另有註記,否則不含前述取代基之碳原子數。藉此,舉例而言,「亦可具有取代基之碳原子數1~20的烷基」之記載,表示不含取代基之碳原子數的烷基本身的碳原子數為1~20。In the following description, the number of carbon atoms having a substituent group does not contain the number of carbon atoms of the above substituent unless otherwise noted. By way of example, the "alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent" means that the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group itself having no substituent is from 1 to 20.

[1.光學各向異性體的第一實施型態][1. First embodiment of optical anisotropic body]

(1.1.第一區域的第一慢軸與第二區域的第二慢軸之說明)(1.1. Description of the first slow axis of the first region and the second slow axis of the second region)

圖1係繪示本發明之第一實施型態相關之光學各向異性體10的立體示意圖。如圖1所示,本發明之第一實施型態相關之光學各向異性體10具備光學各向異性層100。光學各向異性層100具有在該光學各向異性層100之面內方向之中折射率成為最大的面內慢軸A1,與在該光學各向異性層100之面內方向之中折射率成為最小的面內快軸A2。並且,在圖1中,以箭號A3表示光學各向異性層100的厚度方向。再者,以箭號A4表示光學各向異性層100之層體平面的極角ϕ1、相對於面內慢軸A1之方位角ϕ2的傾斜方向,以箭號A5表示由此箭號A4所表示之傾斜方向的方位。Fig. 1 is a perspective view showing an optical anisotropic body 10 according to a first embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the optical anisotropic body 10 according to the first embodiment of the present invention is provided with an optically anisotropic layer 100. The optically anisotropic layer 100 has an in-plane slow axis A1 in which the refractive index becomes maximum in the in-plane direction of the optically anisotropic layer 100, and a refractive index becomes in the in-plane direction of the optically anisotropic layer 100. The smallest in-plane fast axis A2. Further, in FIG. 1, the thickness direction of the optically anisotropic layer 100 is indicated by an arrow A3. Further, the direction of inclination of the polar angle φ1 of the layer plane of the optically anisotropic layer 100 with respect to the azimuth angle φ2 of the in-plane slow axis A1 is indicated by an arrow A4, and is represented by an arrow A4 by an arrow A5. The orientation of the oblique direction.

圖2係繪示本發明之第一實施型態相關之光學各向異性體10之光學各向異性層100的剖面示意圖。在圖2中,揭示將光學各向異性層100以平行於該光學各向異性層100的面內慢軸A1(參照圖1)及厚度方向A3(參照圖1)兩者的平面來切割的剖面100S。在以下說明中,有時將平行於某層體的面內慢軸及厚度方向兩者的該層體之剖面稱作「特定剖面」。Fig. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an optically anisotropic layer 100 of the optical anisotropic body 10 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 2, it is disclosed that the optically anisotropic layer 100 is cut in a plane parallel to both the in-plane slow axis A1 (refer to FIG. 1) and the thickness direction A3 (refer to FIG. 1) of the optical anisotropic layer 100. Section 100S. In the following description, a cross section of the layer body parallel to both the in-plane slow axis and the thickness direction of a layer body may be referred to as a "specific section".

如圖2所示,光學各向異性層100包含:由包含液晶性化合物之液晶組成物的固化物所形成的第一區域110及第二區域120。第一區域110及第二區域120係對於光學各向異性層100的面內方向A6平行(亦即對於層體平面平行)擴展之層狀的區域。並且,第一區域110與第二區域120在光學各向異性層100的厚度方向A3(參照圖1)上位於相異的位置。在本實施型態中,揭示下述例來說明:光學各向異性層100之整體為由液晶組成物的固化物所形成的層體,其一部分成為第一區域110,其剩下的部分成為第二區域120。在以下說明中,適時將由液晶組成物的固化層所形成的層體稱作「液晶固化層」。因此,在本實施型態所揭示之例中,第一區域110係作為光學各向異性層100之液晶固化層之厚度方向之某範圍所包含的區域,第二區域120係此液晶固化層之厚度方向之另一範圍所包含的區域。As shown in FIG. 2, the optically anisotropic layer 100 includes a first region 110 and a second region 120 which are formed of a cured product of a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal compound. The first region 110 and the second region 120 are layered regions in which the in-plane direction A6 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 is parallel (that is, parallel to the plane of the layer). Further, the first region 110 and the second region 120 are located at different positions in the thickness direction A3 (see FIG. 1) of the optical anisotropic layer 100. In the present embodiment, an example will be described in which the entire optically anisotropic layer 100 is a layered body formed of a cured product of a liquid crystal composition, and a part thereof becomes a first region 110, and the remaining portion thereof becomes The second area 120. In the following description, a layer formed of a cured layer of a liquid crystal composition is referred to as a "liquid crystal cured layer" as appropriate. Therefore, in the example disclosed in the present embodiment, the first region 110 is a region included in a certain range of the thickness direction of the liquid crystal cured layer of the optically anisotropic layer 100, and the second region 120 is a liquid crystal cured layer. The area covered by another range of thickness directions.

第一區域110由於係由液晶組成物的固化物所形成,故包含液晶性化合物。於液晶組成物的固化物所包含之「液晶性化合物」,亦包含經聚合的液晶性化合物。在第一區域110中,前述液晶性化合物的至少一部分之分子(圖未繪示)以相對於光學各向異性層100之面內方向A6(亦即相對於層體平面)傾斜之方式定向。因此,第一區域110在光學各向異性層100之特定剖面100S中,具有相對於光學各向異性層100之面內方向A6(亦即相對於層體平面)傾斜的第一慢軸A110(要件(1))。此第一慢軸A110係在平行於光學各向異性層100之特定剖面100S的方向之中,第一區域110的折射率最大的方向。Since the first region 110 is formed of a cured product of a liquid crystal composition, it contains a liquid crystalline compound. The "liquid crystal compound" contained in the cured product of the liquid crystal composition also contains a polymerized liquid crystal compound. In the first region 110, at least a part of molecules (not shown) of the liquid crystal compound are oriented in a direction inclined with respect to the in-plane direction A6 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer). Therefore, the first region 110 has a first slow axis A110 that is inclined with respect to the in-plane direction A6 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer plane) in a specific section 100S of the optically anisotropic layer 100 ( Essential (1)). The first slow axis A110 is a direction in which the refractive index of the first region 110 is the largest among the directions parallel to the specific cross section 100S of the optical anisotropic layer 100.

另一方面,第二區域120由於亦係由液晶組成物的固化物所形成,故包含液晶性化合物。並且,在第二區域120中,亦為前述液晶性化合物的至少一部分之分子(圖未繪示)相對於光學各向異性層100之面內方向A6(亦即相對於層體平面)傾斜。因此,第二區域120在光學各向異性層100之特定剖面100S中,具有相對於光學各向異性層100之面內方向A6(亦即相對於層體平面)傾斜的第二慢軸A120(要件(2))。此第二慢軸A120係在平行於光學各向異性層100之特定剖面100S的方向之中,第二區域120的折射率最大的方向。On the other hand, since the second region 120 is also formed of a cured product of a liquid crystal composition, it contains a liquid crystalline compound. Further, in the second region 120, molecules (not shown) of at least a part of the liquid crystal compound are inclined with respect to the in-plane direction A6 of the optical anisotropic layer 100 (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer). Therefore, the second region 120 has a second slow axis A120 that is inclined with respect to the in-plane direction A6 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer plane) in a specific section 100S of the optically anisotropic layer 100 ( Essential (2)). This second slow axis A120 is a direction in which the refractive index of the second region 120 is the largest among the directions parallel to the specific section 100S of the optical anisotropic layer 100.

再者,在光學各向異性層100之特定剖面100S中,第一慢軸A110與第二慢軸A120夾指定範圍的角度Δθ。具體而言,角度Δθ通常為40°以上,以50°以上為佳,以55°以上為較佳,且通常為80°以下,以70°以下為佳,以65°以下為尤佳。Furthermore, in the specific section 100S of the optically anisotropic layer 100, the first slow axis A110 and the second slow axis A120 are at an angle Δθ of a specified range. Specifically, the angle Δθ is usually 40° or more, preferably 50° or more, more preferably 55° or more, and usually 80° or less, preferably 70° or less, and particularly preferably 65° or less.

於在由液晶組成物的固化物所形成之第一區域110及第二區域120的傾斜方向A4上之延遲,一般有方向依賴性。然而,藉由組合上述具有第一慢軸A110之第一區域110與具有第二慢軸A120之第二區域120,可抵銷第一區域110之延遲的方向依賴性與第二區域120之延遲的方向依賴性。據此,以包含第一區域110及第二區域120的光學各向異性層100之整體而言,可抑制在傾斜方向A4上之延遲的方向依賴性。是以,在任一方位A5(參照圖1)上,通常可獲得相近之值的延遲,以可獲得相同之值的延遲為佳。因此,在例如將具備此光學各向異性層100的光學各向異性體10與直線偏光件組合而獲得偏光板的情況下,可抑制在傾斜方向A4上之反射抑制能力的方向依賴性。The retardation in the oblique direction A4 of the first region 110 and the second region 120 formed by the cured product of the liquid crystal composition generally has a directional dependence. However, by combining the first region 110 having the first slow axis A110 and the second region 120 having the second slow axis A120, the direction dependence of the delay of the first region 110 and the delay of the second region 120 can be offset. Direction dependence. According to this, the direction dependence of the delay in the oblique direction A4 can be suppressed as a whole of the optical anisotropic layer 100 including the first region 110 and the second region 120. Therefore, in any of the directions A5 (refer to FIG. 1), it is generally possible to obtain a delay of a similar value, and it is preferable to obtain a delay of the same value. Therefore, for example, when the optical anisotropic body 10 including the optical anisotropic layer 100 and the linear polarizer are combined to obtain a polarizing plate, the direction dependence of the reflection suppressing ability in the oblique direction A4 can be suppressed.

在有效抑制延遲之方向依賴性的觀點上,以於光學各向異性層100之特定剖面100S中,第一區域110的第一慢軸A110相對於光學各向異性層100之面內方向A6(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ1落於指定範圍為佳。具體上角度θ1以20°以上為佳,以25°以上為較佳,以27°以上為尤佳,且以40°以下為佳,以35°以下為較佳,以33°以下為尤佳。藉此,可在例如將光學各向異性體10與直線偏光件組合而獲得偏光板的情況下,有效抑制反射抑制能力的方向依賴性。In the specific section 100S of the optically anisotropic layer 100, the first slow axis A110 of the first region 110 is in the in-plane direction A6 with respect to the optical anisotropic layer 100 (in the viewpoint of effectively suppressing the direction dependence of the retardation). That is, the angle θ1 sandwiched with respect to the plane of the layer is preferably within a specified range. Specifically, the angle θ1 is preferably 20° or more, preferably 25° or more, more preferably 27° or more, and most preferably 40° or less, preferably 35° or less, and preferably 33° or less. . Thereby, for example, when the optical anisotropic body 10 and the linear polarizer are combined to obtain a polarizing plate, the direction dependence of the reflection suppressing ability can be effectively suppressed.

在有效抑制延遲之方向依賴性的觀點上,以於光學各向異性層100之特定剖面100S中,第二區域120的第二慢軸A120相對於光學各向異性層100之面內方向A6(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ2落於指定範圍為佳。具體上角度θ2以20°以上為佳,以25°以上為較佳,以27°以上為尤佳,且以40°以下為佳,以35°以下為較佳,以33°以下為尤佳。藉此,可在例如將光學各向異性體10與直線偏光件組合而獲得偏光板的情況下,有效抑制反射抑制能力的方向依賴性。In the specific section 100S of the optically anisotropic layer 100, the second slow axis A120 of the second region 120 is in the in-plane direction A6 with respect to the optical anisotropic layer 100 (in the viewpoint of effectively suppressing the direction dependence of the retardation). That is, the angle θ2 sandwiched with respect to the plane of the layer is preferably within a specified range. Specifically, the angle θ2 is preferably 20° or more, preferably 25° or more, more preferably 27° or more, and most preferably 40° or less, preferably 35° or less, and preferably 33° or less. . Thereby, for example, when the optical anisotropic body 10 and the linear polarizer are combined to obtain a polarizing plate, the direction dependence of the reflection suppressing ability can be effectively suppressed.

再者,在有效抑制延遲之方向依賴性的觀點上,於特定剖面100S中,第一區域110的第一慢軸A110與第二區域120的第二慢軸A120,以有對於「與光學各向異性層100之面內方向A6平行(亦即與層體平面平行)的對稱面」接近面對稱的關係為佳。據此,角度θ1與角度θ2以相近之值為佳,以相同之值為更佳。具體上角度θ1與角度θ2之差的絕對值|θ1-θ2|,以20°以下為佳,以15°以下為較佳,以10°以下為尤佳。Furthermore, in the specific section 100S, the first slow axis A110 of the first region 110 and the second slow axis A120 of the second region 120 have a certain It is preferable that the symmetry plane parallel to the in-plane direction A6 of the opposite layer 100 (that is, the plane of symmetry parallel to the plane of the layer plane) is close to plane symmetry. Accordingly, the angle θ1 and the angle θ2 are preferably similar, and the same value is more preferable. Specifically, the absolute value |θ1 - θ2| of the difference between the angle θ1 and the angle θ2 is preferably 20° or less, more preferably 15° or less, and particularly preferably 10° or less.

在光學各向異性層100之特定剖面100S中之第一區域110的第一慢軸A110及第二區域120的第二慢軸A120,可藉由偏光觀察包含以與面內慢軸A1平行的平面來切割光學各向異性層100而現出之剖面的切片來量測。The first slow axis A110 of the first region 110 and the second slow axis A120 of the second region 120 in the specific section 100S of the optically anisotropic layer 100 may be included by polarization observation to be parallel to the in-plane slow axis A1. A slice of the profile of the emerging optically anisotropic layer 100 is cut to measure.

通常將光學各向異性層100以平行於該光學各向異性層100之面內慢軸A1及厚度方向A3兩者的平面來切割,以形成特定剖面100S。然後,進行包含此特定剖面100S之切片的偏光觀察。偏光觀察可使用偏光顯微鏡在正交尼寇稜鏡下進行。此時,在進行偏光觀察的同時,以垂直於特定剖面100S的軸為中心使光學各向異性層100旋轉,特定第一區域110及第二區域120的消光位。然後,自經特定的消光位,可獲得在特定剖面100S中之第一區域110的第一慢軸A110及第二區域120的第二慢軸A120。The optically anisotropic layer 100 is usually cut in a plane parallel to both the in-plane slow axis A1 and the thickness direction A3 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 to form a specific section 100S. Then, a polarized observation including a slice of this specific section 100S was performed. Polarized observation can be carried out under a polarized microscope using a polarizing microscope. At this time, the optically anisotropic layer 100 is rotated about the axis perpendicular to the specific cross section 100S while the polarizing observation is performed, and the extinction positions of the first region 110 and the second region 120 are specified. Then, from the particular extinction position, the first slow axis A110 of the first region 110 and the second slow axis A120 of the second region 120 in the particular profile 100S are obtained.

順帶一提,第一區域110及第二區域120一般為薄。因此,即使欲如前所述觀察包含特定剖面100S的切片來特定出消光位,偏光顯微鏡的倍率亦可能不足。在此情況下,如圖3所示,亦可利用切割光學各向異性層100而獲得之大的評價用剖面100E,量測在特定剖面100S中之第一區域110的第一慢軸A110及第二區域120的第二慢軸A120,所述切割平行於光學各向異性層100之面內慢軸A1且對厚度方向A3不平行。此圖3係繪示作為以平行於光學各向異性層100之面內慢軸A1且對厚度方向A3不平行之平面所切割之一例的光學各向異性層100之一部分的立體示意圖。具體而言,藉由偏光觀察包含評價用剖面100E的切片,特定第一區域110及第二區域120的消光位。自經特定的消光位,獲得在評價用剖面100E中之第一區域110的慢軸A130及第二區域120的慢軸A140。然後,自此評價用剖面100E中的慢軸A130及慢軸A140,透過計算,可求得在特定剖面100S中的第一慢軸A110及第二慢軸A120。Incidentally, the first region 110 and the second region 120 are generally thin. Therefore, even if the slice including the specific section 100S is to be observed as described above to specify the extinction position, the magnification of the polarizing microscope may be insufficient. In this case, as shown in FIG. 3, the first evaluation axis 100E obtained by cutting the optical anisotropic layer 100 may be used to measure the first slow axis A110 of the first region 110 in the specific section 100S and The second slow axis A120 of the second region 120 is parallel to the in-plane slow axis A1 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 and non-parallel to the thickness direction A3. 3 is a perspective view showing a portion of the optically anisotropic layer 100 as an example of a plane cut parallel to the in-plane slow axis A1 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 and not parallel to the thickness direction A3. Specifically, the slice including the evaluation cross section 100E is observed by polarized light, and the extinction sites of the first region 110 and the second region 120 are specified. The slow axis A130 of the first region 110 and the slow axis A140 of the second region 120 in the evaluation cross section 100E are obtained from the specific extinction position. Then, from the slow axis A130 and the slow axis A140 in the evaluation section 100E, the first slow axis A110 and the second slow axis A120 in the specific section 100S can be obtained by calculation.

(1.2.在第一區域及第二區域中之液晶性化合物之分子的定向狀態之說明)(1.2. Explanation of the orientation state of molecules of the liquid crystalline compound in the first region and the second region)

光學各向異性層100的第一區域110及第二區域120,如前所述,係藉由液晶組成物的固化物所形成。液晶組成物的固化,通常藉由聚合該液晶組成物所包含之聚合性的化合物來達成,故在液晶性化合物具有聚合性的情況下,於液晶組成物的固化時液晶性化合物得聚合。經如此聚合之液晶性化合物亦包含於液晶組成物的固化物所包含之液晶性化合物。在液晶組成物的固化物中,通常液晶性化合物之分子的定向狀態固定。The first region 110 and the second region 120 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 are formed by a cured product of a liquid crystal composition as described above. The curing of the liquid crystal composition is usually achieved by polymerizing a polymerizable compound contained in the liquid crystal composition. Therefore, when the liquid crystal compound has polymerizability, the liquid crystal compound is polymerized at the time of curing of the liquid crystal composition. The liquid crystalline compound thus polymerized is also contained in the liquid crystalline compound contained in the cured product of the liquid crystal composition. In the cured product of the liquid crystal composition, the orientation state of the molecules of the liquid crystal compound is usually fixed.

光學各向異性層100的第一區域110及第二區域120包含以相對於光學各向異性層100之面內方向A6(亦即相對於層體平面)傾斜之方式定向的液晶性化合物之分子,故在特定剖面100S中之第一區域110的第一慢軸A110及第二區域120的第二慢軸A120,如圖2所示,會相對於光學各向異性層100之面內方向A6(亦即相對於層體平面)傾斜。此時,液晶性化合物之分子的定向狀態,在可獲得期望之第一慢軸A110及第二慢軸A120的範圍內係為任意。The first region 110 and the second region 120 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 include molecules of a liquid crystal compound oriented in a manner inclined with respect to the in-plane direction A6 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer plane) Therefore, the first slow axis A110 of the first region 110 and the second slow axis A120 of the second region 120 in the specific section 100S, as shown in FIG. 2, may be opposite to the in-plane direction A6 of the optical anisotropic layer 100. (ie, relative to the plane of the layer) is inclined. At this time, the orientation state of the molecules of the liquid crystal compound is arbitrary within a range in which the desired first slow axis A110 and second slow axis A120 can be obtained.

圖4係為了揭示液晶性化合物之分子111及121的定向狀態之例,而繪示本發明之第一實施型態相關之光學各向異性體10之光學各向異性層100的剖面示意圖。如圖4所示,光學各向異性層100之第一區域110所包含之液晶性化合物之分子111,傾角亦可均勻。在此情況下,通常第一區域110所包含之液晶性化合物之分子111的傾角,會與在特定剖面100S中第一慢軸A110相對於光學各向異性層100之面內方向A6(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ1一致。並且,光學各向異性層100之第二區域120所包含之液晶性化合物之分子121,傾角亦可均勻。在此情況下,通常第二區域120所包含之液晶性化合物之分子121的傾角,會與在特定剖面100S中第二慢軸A120相對於光學各向異性層100之面內方向A6(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ2一致。4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an optically anisotropic layer 100 of the optical anisotropic body 10 according to the first embodiment of the present invention, in order to disclose an example of the orientation state of the molecules 111 and 121 of the liquid crystal compound. As shown in FIG. 4, the molecules 111 of the liquid crystalline compound contained in the first region 110 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 may have a uniform tilt angle. In this case, generally, the tilt angle of the molecules 111 of the liquid crystalline compound contained in the first region 110 may be opposite to the in-plane direction A6 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 in the specific cross section 100S (ie, The angle θ1 sandwiched by the layer plane is the same. Further, the molecules 121 of the liquid crystalline compound contained in the second region 120 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 may have a uniform tilt angle. In this case, generally, the tilt angle of the molecules 121 of the liquid crystalline compound included in the second region 120 may be opposite to the in-plane direction A6 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 in the specific cross section 100S (ie, The angle θ2 sandwiched with respect to the plane of the layer is the same.

圖5~圖7分別係為了揭示液晶性化合物之分子111及121的定向狀態之例,而繪示本發明之第一實施型態相關之光學各向異性體10之光學各向異性層100的剖面示意圖。如圖5~圖7所示,光學各向異性層100之第一區域110及第二區域120所包含之液晶性化合物之分子111及液晶性化合物之分子121,傾角亦可不均勻。舉例而言,有在厚度方向A3上液晶性化合物之分子之傾角相異的定向(例如:日本專利第5363022號公報、國際專利公開第2018/173778號(或日本專利申請第2017-060122號)、日本專利公開第2018-163218號公報(或日本專利申請第2017-059327號)、日本專利公開第2018-162379號公報(或日本專利申請第2017-060154號)、國際專利公開第2018/173773號(或日本專利申請第2017-060159號)),亦可將此種定向適用於第一區域110及第二區域120。5 to 7 are diagrams showing the optically anisotropic layer 100 of the optical anisotropic body 10 according to the first embodiment of the present invention, respectively, in order to disclose an example of the orientation state of the molecules 111 and 121 of the liquid crystal compound. Schematic diagram of the section. As shown in FIGS. 5 to 7, the molecules 111 of the liquid crystal compound and the molecules 121 of the liquid crystal compound contained in the first region 110 and the second region 120 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 may have uneven tilt angles. For example, there is an orientation in which the tilt angles of the molecules of the liquid crystal compound are different in the thickness direction A3 (for example, Japanese Patent No. 5363022, International Patent Publication No. 2018/173778 (or Japanese Patent Application No. 2017-060122) Japanese Patent Publication No. 2018-163218 (or Japanese Patent Application No. 2017-059327), Japanese Patent Publication No. 2018-162379 (or Japanese Patent Application No. 2017-060154), and International Patent Publication No. 2018/173773 No. (or Japanese Patent Application No. 2017-060159)), such orientation can also be applied to the first region 110 and the second region 120.

在傾角不均勻的情況下,於第一區域110的一側與另一側液晶性化合物之分子111的傾角得相異。並且,在傾角不均勻的情況下,於第二區域120的一側與另一側液晶性化合物之分子121的傾角得相異。在此種情況下,第一區域110之方向與第二區域120之方向的組合係為任意。舉例而言,第一區域110與第二區域120,如圖5所示,亦可以第一區域110的傾角為小之側的界面與第二區域120的傾角為小之側的界面對向的方向來設置。並且,舉例而言,第一區域110與第二區域120,如圖6所示,亦可以第一區域110的傾角為大之側的界面與第二區域120的傾角為大之側的界面對向的方向來設置。再者,舉例而言,第一區域110與第二區域120,如圖7所示,亦可以第一區域110的傾角為大之側的界面與第二區域120的傾角為小之側的界面對向的方向來設置。並且,舉例而言,第一區域110與第二區域120,亦可以第一區域110的傾角為小之側的界面與第二區域120的傾角為大之側的界面對向的方向來設置。In the case where the inclination angle is not uniform, the inclination angle of the molecule 111 of the liquid crystal compound on the side of the first region 110 is different from that of the other side. Further, in the case where the inclination angle is not uniform, the inclination angle of the molecule 121 of the liquid crystal compound on the side of the second region 120 is different from that of the other side. In this case, the combination of the direction of the first region 110 and the direction of the second region 120 is arbitrary. For example, as shown in FIG. 5, the first region 110 and the second region 120 may be opposite to the interface on the side where the inclination angle of the first region 110 is smaller and the inclination angle of the second region 120 is smaller. Direction to set. For example, as shown in FIG. 6 , the first region 110 and the second region 120 may have an interface angle on which the inclination of the first region 110 is larger and the inclination of the second region 120 is greater. Set in the direction of the direction. Furthermore, for example, as shown in FIG. 7 , the first region 110 and the second region 120 may have an interface in which the inclination angle of the first region 110 is larger and the inclination of the second region 120 is smaller. Set in the opposite direction. Further, for example, the first region 110 and the second region 120 may be disposed in a direction in which the interface on the side where the inclination angle of the first region 110 is smaller and the direction in which the inclination angle of the second region 120 is larger.

(1.3.面內慢軸之說明)(1.3. Description of the in-plane slow axis)

在自厚度方向A3觀看光學各向異性層100的情況下,第一區域110的面內慢軸(圖未繪示)與第二區域120的面內慢軸(圖未繪示)所夾之角度,通常為0°~5°,且以0°~4°為佳,以0°~3°為較佳,以0°~1°為尤佳。如此,自厚度方向A3觀看,第一區域110的面內慢軸與第二區域110的面內慢軸,以平行或近乎平行為佳。藉此,可有效抑制光學各向異性層100在傾斜方向上之延遲的方向依賴性。In the case where the optical anisotropic layer 100 is viewed from the thickness direction A3, the in-plane slow axis of the first region 110 (not shown) and the in-plane slow axis of the second region 120 (not shown) are sandwiched between The angle is usually 0° to 5°, preferably 0° to 4°, preferably 0° to 3°, and more preferably 0° to 1°. Thus, viewed from the thickness direction A3, the in-plane slow axis of the first region 110 and the in-plane slow axis of the second region 110 are preferably parallel or nearly parallel. Thereby, the directional dependence of the retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 in the oblique direction can be effectively suppressed.

在自厚度方向A3觀看光學各向異性層100的情況下,光學各向異性層100的面內慢軸A1與第一區域110的面內慢軸(圖未繪示)所夾之角度,通常為0°~5°,以0°~4°為佳,以0°~3°為較佳,以0°~1°為尤佳。並且,在自厚度方向A3觀看光學各向異性層100的情況下,光學各向異性層100的面內慢軸A1與第二區域120的面內慢軸(圖未繪示)所夾之角度,通常為0°~5°,且以0°~4°為佳,以0°~3°為較佳,以0°~1°為尤佳。如此,自厚度方向A3觀看,光學各向異性層100的面內慢軸A1與第一區域110的面內慢軸,通常為平行或近乎平行。再者,自厚度方向A3觀看,光學各向異性層100的面內慢軸A1與第二區域120的面內慢軸,通常為平行或近乎平行。在此種情況下,可有效抑制光學各向異性層100在傾斜方向上之延遲的方向依賴性。In the case where the optically anisotropic layer 100 is viewed from the thickness direction A3, the angle between the in-plane slow axis A1 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 and the in-plane slow axis of the first region 110 (not shown) is usually It is preferably 0° to 5°, preferably 0° to 4°, more preferably 0° to 3°, and particularly preferably 0° to 1°. Further, in the case where the optical anisotropic layer 100 is viewed from the thickness direction A3, the angle between the in-plane slow axis A1 of the optical anisotropic layer 100 and the in-plane slow axis of the second region 120 (not shown) It is usually 0° to 5°, preferably 0° to 4°, preferably 0° to 3°, and particularly preferably 0° to 1°. As such, the in-plane slow axis A1 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 and the in-plane slow axis of the first region 110 are generally parallel or nearly parallel as viewed in the thickness direction A3. Further, the in-plane slow axis A1 of the optically anisotropic layer 100 and the in-plane slow axis of the second region 120 are generally parallel or nearly parallel as viewed from the thickness direction A3. In this case, the direction dependence of the retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 in the oblique direction can be effectively suppressed.

(1.4.面內延遲之說明)(1.4. Description of in-plane delay)

光學各向異性層100的延遲通常因應光學各向異性體10之用途而設定於適切的範圍。The retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 is usually set in an appropriate range in accordance with the use of the optical anisotropic body 10.

舉例而言,在量測波長550 nm之光學各向異性層100的面內延遲亦可為100 nm以上且180 nm以下。具有此種範圍之面內延遲的光學各向異性層100能發揮作為1/4波長板的功能。更詳細說明之,可發揮作為1/4波長板之功能的光學各向異性層100在量測波長550 nm的面內延遲,以100 nm以上為佳,以110 nm以上為較佳,以120 nm以上為尤佳,且以180 nm以下為佳,以170 nm以下為較佳,以160 nm以下為尤佳。For example, the in-plane retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 at a measurement wavelength of 550 nm may be 100 nm or more and 180 nm or less. The optically anisotropic layer 100 having the in-plane retardation in such a range can function as a quarter-wavelength plate. More specifically, the optically anisotropic layer 100 functioning as a quarter-wavelength plate has an in-plane retardation at a measurement wavelength of 550 nm, preferably 100 nm or more, more preferably 110 nm or more, and 120 or more. Above nm is preferred, and preferably 180 nm or less, preferably 170 nm or less, and preferably 160 nm or less.

舉例而言,在量測波長550 nm之光學各向異性層100的面內延遲亦可為240 nm以上且320 nm以下。具有此種範圍之面內延遲的光學各向異性層100,能發揮作為1/2波長板的功能。更詳細說明之,可發揮作為1/2波長板之功能的光學各向異性層100在量測波長550 nm的面內延遲,以240 nm以上為佳,以250 nm以上為較佳,以260 nm以上為尤佳,且以320 nm以下為佳,以310 nm以下為較佳,以300 nm以下為尤佳。For example, the in-plane retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 at a measurement wavelength of 550 nm may be 240 nm or more and 320 nm or less. The optically anisotropic layer 100 having the in-plane retardation in such a range functions as a 1/2 wavelength plate. More specifically, the optically anisotropic layer 100 functioning as a half-wavelength plate can exhibit an in-plane retardation at a measurement wavelength of 550 nm, preferably 240 nm or more, more preferably 250 nm or more, and 260. Above nm is preferred, and preferably 320 nm or less, preferably 310 nm or less, and preferably 300 nm or less.

光學各向異性層100的面內延遲可為逆波長色散性,亦可為順波長色散性。所謂逆波長色散性的面內延遲,係指在波長450 nm的面內延遲Re(450)及在波長550 nm的面內延遲Re(550)滿足下述式(N3)的面內延遲。並且,所謂順波長色散性的面內延遲,係指前述面內延遲Re(450)及Re(550)滿足下述式(N4)的面內延遲。其中,在使反射抑制能力可於寬廣之波長範圍中發揮的觀點上,光學各向異性層100的面內延遲以逆波長色散性為佳。
Re(450)/Re(550)<1.00   (N3)
Re(450)/Re(550)>1.00   (N4)
The in-plane retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 may be reverse wavelength dispersion or may be forward wavelength dispersion. The in-plane retardation of the inverse wavelength dispersion means that the in-plane retardation Re (450) at a wavelength of 450 nm and the in-plane retardation Re (550) at a wavelength of 550 nm satisfy the in-plane retardation of the following formula (N3). Further, the in-plane retardation of the wavelength-dependent dispersion means that the in-plane retardation Re (450) and Re (550) satisfy the in-plane retardation of the following formula (N4). Among them, in the viewpoint of allowing the reflection suppressing ability to be exhibited in a wide wavelength range, the in-plane retardation of the optical anisotropic layer 100 is preferably reverse wavelength dispersion.
Re(450)/Re(550)<1.00 (N3)
Re(450)/Re(550)>1.00 (N4)

第一區域110的面內延遲以指定值以上之值為佳。藉由第一區域110的面內延遲為指定值以上之大,可有效進行第一區域110與第二區域120之間之延遲之方向依賴性的抵銷。具體而言,在量測波長550 nm之第一區域110的面內延遲通常為30 nm以上。再者,第一區域110的面內延遲,以因應光學各向異性層100的面內延遲位於更適切之範圍為較佳。The in-plane retardation of the first region 110 is preferably a value above a specified value. Since the in-plane retardation of the first region 110 is greater than or equal to a predetermined value, the direction-dependent offset of the delay between the first region 110 and the second region 120 can be effectively performed. Specifically, the in-plane retardation of the first region 110 at a measurement wavelength of 550 nm is usually 30 nm or more. Furthermore, the in-plane retardation of the first region 110 is preferably in a range in which the in-plane retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 is more suitable.

舉例而言,在光學各向異性層100具有可發揮作為1/4波長板之功能的面內延遲之情況下,在量測波長550 nm之第一區域110的面內延遲,以30 nm以上為佳,以40 nm以上為較佳,以50 nm以上為尤佳。藉由第一區域110具有如此之大的面內延遲,可有效進行第一區域110與第二區域120之間之延遲之方向依賴性的抵銷。據此,能有效抑制光學各向異性層100在傾斜方向上之延遲的方向依賴性。在量測波長550 nm之第一區域110的面內延遲之上限,可以使光學各向異性層100的面內延遲落於期望之範圍的方式設定,以120 nm以下為佳,以110 nm以下為較佳,以95 nm以下為尤佳。For example, in the case where the optically anisotropic layer 100 has an in-plane retardation capable of functioning as a quarter-wavelength plate, the in-plane retardation of the first region 110 at a wavelength of 550 nm is measured, and is 30 nm or more. Preferably, it is preferably 40 nm or more, and more preferably 50 nm or more. By having such a large in-plane retardation of the first region 110, the direction-dependent offset of the delay between the first region 110 and the second region 120 can be effectively performed. According to this, the direction dependence of the retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 in the oblique direction can be effectively suppressed. The upper limit of the in-plane retardation of the first region 110 at a wavelength of 550 nm can be set so that the in-plane retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 falls within a desired range, preferably 120 nm or less, and 110 nm or less. Preferably, it is preferably 95 nm or less.

舉例而言,在光學各向異性層100具有可發揮作為1/2波長板之功能的面內延遲之情況下,在量測波長550 nm之第一區域110的面內延遲,以60 nm以上為佳,以80 nm以上為較佳,以100 nm以上為尤佳。藉由第一區域110具有如此之大的面內延遲,可有效進行第一區域110與第二區域120之間之延遲之方向依賴性的抵銷。據此,能有效抑制光學各向異性層100在傾斜方向上之延遲的方向依賴性。在量測波長550 nm之第一區域110的面內延遲之上限,可以使光學各向異性層100之面內延遲落於期望之範圍的方式設定,以240 nm以下為佳,以220 nm以下為較佳,以190 nm以下為尤佳。For example, in the case where the optically anisotropic layer 100 has an in-plane retardation capable of functioning as a 1/2 wavelength plate, the in-plane retardation of the first region 110 at a wavelength of 550 nm is measured, and is 60 nm or more. Preferably, it is preferably 80 nm or more, and more preferably 100 nm or more. By having such a large in-plane retardation of the first region 110, the direction-dependent offset of the delay between the first region 110 and the second region 120 can be effectively performed. According to this, the direction dependence of the retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 in the oblique direction can be effectively suppressed. The upper limit of the in-plane retardation of the first region 110 at a wavelength of 550 nm can be set such that the in-plane retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 falls within a desired range, preferably 240 nm or less, and 220 nm or less. Preferably, it is preferably 190 nm or less.

第一區域110的面內延遲可為逆波長色散性,亦可為順波長色散性。其中,就獲得具有逆波長色散性之面內延遲的光學各向異性層100之觀點而言,第一區域110的面內延遲以逆波長色散性為佳。The in-plane retardation of the first region 110 may be reverse wavelength dispersion or may be forward wavelength dispersion. Among them, from the viewpoint of obtaining the optical anisotropic layer 100 having the in-plane retardation of the inverse wavelength dispersion, the in-plane retardation of the first region 110 is preferably reverse wavelength dispersion.

第二區域120的面內延遲以指定值以上之值為佳。藉由第二區域120的面內延遲為指定值以上之大,可有效進行第一區域110與第二區域120之間之延遲之方向依賴性的抵銷。具體而言,在量測波長550 nm之第二區域120的面內延遲通常為30 nm以上。再者,第二區域120的面內延遲,以因應光學各向異性層100的面內延遲位於更適切之範圍為佳。具體而言,在量測波長550 nm之第二區域120的面內延遲,以位於與已說明作為在量測波長550 nm之第一區域110的面內延遲之範圍相同的範圍為佳。再者,以第一區域110的面內延遲及第二區域120的面內延遲兩者,位於與已說明作為在量測波長550 nm之第一區域110的面內延遲之範圍相同的範圍為佳。藉此,可格外有效進行第一區域110與第二區域120之間之延遲之方向依賴性的抵銷。The in-plane retardation of the second region 120 is preferably a value above a specified value. Since the in-plane retardation of the second region 120 is greater than or equal to a predetermined value, the direction-dependent offset of the delay between the first region 110 and the second region 120 can be effectively performed. Specifically, the in-plane retardation of the second region 120 at a measurement wavelength of 550 nm is usually 30 nm or more. Furthermore, the in-plane retardation of the second region 120 is preferably in a range in which the in-plane retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 is more suitable. Specifically, the in-plane retardation of the second region 120 measuring the wavelength of 550 nm is preferably in the same range as the range of the in-plane retardation which has been described as the first region 110 at the measurement wavelength of 550 nm. Furthermore, both the in-plane retardation of the first region 110 and the in-plane retardation of the second region 120 are in the same range as the range of the in-plane retardation that has been described as the first region 110 at the measurement wavelength of 550 nm. good. Thereby, the offset of the direction dependence of the delay between the first region 110 and the second region 120 can be effectively performed.

第二區域120的面內延遲可為逆波長色散性,亦可為順波長色散性。其中,就獲得具有逆波長色散性之面內延遲的光學各向異性層100之觀點而言,第二區域120的面內延遲以逆波長色散性為佳。The in-plane retardation of the second region 120 may be reverse wavelength dispersion or may be forward wavelength dispersion. Among them, in terms of obtaining the optical anisotropic layer 100 having an in-plane retardation of inverse wavelength dispersion, the in-plane retardation of the second region 120 is preferably reverse wavelength dispersion.

在量測波長550 nm中,第一區域110的面內延遲與第二區域120的面內延遲之差以小為佳。具體而言,前述差以100 nm以下為佳,以50 nm以下為較佳,以30 nm以下為更佳,以10 nm以下為尤佳。藉由差為如此之小,可格外有效進行第一區域110與第二區域120之間之延遲之方向依賴性的抵銷。In the measurement wavelength of 550 nm, the difference between the in-plane retardation of the first region 110 and the in-plane retardation of the second region 120 is preferably small. Specifically, the difference is preferably 100 nm or less, preferably 50 nm or less, more preferably 30 nm or less, and particularly preferably 10 nm or less. By the difference being so small, the offset of the direction dependence of the delay between the first region 110 and the second region 120 can be effectively performed.

(1.5.光學各向異性層的特性之說明)(1.5. Description of Characteristics of Optically Anisotropic Layer)

光學各向異性層100在傾斜方向上之延遲的方向依賴性受到抑制。據此,可縮小光學各向異性層100之延遲比R(50°)/R(0°)在方位角方向上之最大值與最小值之差。前述延遲比R(50°)/R(0°)在方位角方向上之最大值與最小值之差,表示光學各向異性層100在傾斜方向上之延遲之方向依賴性的程度。具體而言,光學各向異性層100之延遲比R(50°)/R(0°)在方位角方向上之最大值與最小值之差,以0.20以下為佳,以0.10以下為較佳,以0.05以下為尤佳,理想上為0.00。The direction dependence of the retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 in the oblique direction is suppressed. According to this, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value in the azimuthal direction of the retardation ratio R (50°) / R (0°) of the optical anisotropic layer 100 can be reduced. The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the retardation ratio R (50°)/R(0°) in the azimuthal direction indicates the degree of dependence of the retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 in the oblique direction. Specifically, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the retardation ratio R (50°)/R(0°) of the optically anisotropic layer 100 in the azimuthal direction is preferably 0.20 or less, and preferably 0.10 or less. It is preferably 0.05 or less, and is preferably 0.00.

前述所謂R(50°),表示在入射角為50°之光學各向異性層100的延遲。並且,R(0°)表示在入射角0°之光學各向異性層100的延遲。通常,延遲比R(50°)/R(0°)在對於光學各向異性層100之面內慢軸A1及面內快軸A2之一者垂直的方位上成為最大,在對於光學各向異性層100之面內慢軸A1及面內快軸A2之另一者垂直的方位成為最小。據此,藉由量測此等方位間之延遲比R(50°)/R(0°)之差,可求得延遲比R(50°)/R(0°)在方位角方向上之最大值與最小值之差。The aforementioned R (50°) indicates the retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 at an incident angle of 50°. Also, R (0°) represents the retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 at an incident angle of 0°. In general, the retardation ratio R (50°) / R (0°) becomes maximum in the orientation perpendicular to one of the in-plane slow axis A1 and the in-plane fast axis A2 of the optical anisotropic layer 100, in the optical direction. The vertical orientation of the other of the in-plane slow axis A1 and the in-plane fast axis A2 of the opposite layer 100 is minimized. Accordingly, by measuring the difference between the delay ratios R(50°)/R(0°) between the azimuths, the delay ratio R(50°)/R(0°) can be obtained in the azimuthal direction. The difference between the maximum and minimum values.

就實現優異之視角特性的觀點而言,以光學各向異性層100的平均延遲比R(±50°)/R(0°)接近1.00為佳,所述光學各向異性層100的平均延遲比R(±50°)/R(0°),係在相對於該光學各向異性層100之面內慢軸A1垂直的量測方向及相對於該光學各向異性層100之面內快軸A2垂直的量測方向之至少一者的量測方向上所量測到者。具體而言,前述平均延遲比R(±50°)/R(0°),以0.90以上為佳,以0.95以上為較佳,並且,以1.10以下為佳,以1.05以下為較佳。所謂R(±50°),表示在入射角為-50°及+50°的光學各向異性層100之延遲R(-50°)及R(+50°)的平均值。並且,R(0°),如前所述,表示在入射角為0°之光學各向異性層100的延遲。From the viewpoint of achieving excellent viewing angle characteristics, it is preferable that the average retardation ratio R (±50°)/R(0°) of the optically anisotropic layer 100 is close to 1.00, and the average retardation of the optical anisotropic layer 100 is preferable. The ratio R (±50°)/R(0°) is a direction perpendicular to the slow axis A1 with respect to the in-plane of the optical anisotropic layer 100 and is faster than the in-plane of the optically anisotropic layer 100. The measured direction of the measurement direction of at least one of the vertical measurement directions of the axis A2. Specifically, the average retardation ratio R (±50°)/R(0°) is preferably 0.90 or more, more preferably 0.95 or more, and most preferably 1.10 or less, and preferably 1.05 or less. R (±50°) represents an average value of retardation R (-50°) and R (+50°) of the optically anisotropic layer 100 at an incident angle of -50° and +50°. Further, R (0°), as described above, indicates the retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100 at an incident angle of 0°.

一般而言,以入射角「+ϕ」入射至影像顯示裝置之顯示面的外界光線,會以出射角「-ϕ」反射。據此,在設置於顯示面之偏光板包含光學各向異性體的情況下,在顯示面之傾斜方向中外界光線會以包含在入射角「+ϕ」之去程與在出射角「-ϕ」之回程的路程通過光學各向異性層100。藉由光學各向異性層100之平均延遲比R(±50°)/R(0°)位於接近1.00的前述範圍,可利用包含光學各向異性體的偏光板,有效抑制在傾斜方向上之外界光線的反射。具體而言,當外界光線在入射時及反射時2次通過光學各向異性層100之期間,適度轉換其偏光狀態,而使實現利用偏光板之直線偏光件的有效遮蔽化為可能。因此,此種光學各向異性體,在與直線偏光件組合而獲得偏光板的情況下,可在寬廣的入射角範圍發揮利用此偏光板的反射抑制能力,故可獲得格外優異之視角特性。Generally, the external light incident on the display surface of the image display device at the incident angle "+φ" is reflected at the exit angle "-φ". According to this, in the case where the polarizing plate provided on the display surface includes the optical anisotropic body, the external light is included in the outward angle of the incident angle "+φ" and the exit angle "-φ" in the oblique direction of the display surface. The path of the return path passes through the optically anisotropic layer 100. By the average retardation ratio R (±50°)/R(0°) of the optically anisotropic layer 100 being in the aforementioned range close to 1.00, a polarizing plate containing an optical anisotropic body can be utilized, and the tilting direction can be effectively suppressed. Reflection of external light. Specifically, when the external light passes through the optically anisotropic layer 100 twice during the incident and at the time of reflection, the polarization state is appropriately changed, and it is possible to realize effective shielding of the linear polarizer using the polarizing plate. Therefore, when such an optical anisotropic body is combined with a linear polarizer to obtain a polarizing plate, the reflection suppressing ability by the polarizing plate can be exhibited over a wide range of incident angles, and thus excellent viewing angle characteristics can be obtained.

再者,以在相對於光學各向異性層100之面內慢軸A1垂直的量測方向上所量測到的平均延遲比R(±50°)/R(0°)及在相對於光學各向異性層100之面內快軸A2垂直的量測方向上所量測到的平均延遲比R(±50°)/R(0°)兩者,位於接近1.00的前述範圍為佳。一般而言,光學各向異性層100的平均延遲比R(±50°)/R(0°),會在與光學各向異性層100之面內慢軸A1垂直之方位的量測方向上成為最小或最大之一者,並會在與光學各向異性層100之面內快軸A2垂直之方位的量測方向上成為最小或最大的另一者。據此,若在相對於面內慢軸A1垂直的量測方向及相對於面內快軸A2垂直的量測方向兩者上,光學各向異性層100的平均延遲比R(±50°)/R(0°)位於接近1.00的範圍,則可在所有方位上,將光學各向異性層100的平均延遲比R(±50°)/R(0°)當作接近1.00的值。因此,可格外有效抑制反射抑制能力的方向依賴性。Furthermore, the average retardation ratio R (±50°)/R(0°) measured in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis A1 with respect to the plane of the optical anisotropic layer 100 and in relation to optics The average retardation ratio R (±50°)/R(0°) measured in the direction in which the in-plane fast axis A2 of the anisotropic layer 100 is perpendicular is preferably in the aforementioned range close to 1.00. In general, the average retardation ratio of the optically anisotropic layer 100 is R (±50°)/R(0°), which is in the direction of measurement perpendicular to the slow axis A1 of the plane of the optical anisotropic layer 100. It becomes one of the smallest or largest, and becomes the smallest or largest in the measurement direction of the orientation perpendicular to the fast axis A2 in the plane of the optical anisotropic layer 100. Accordingly, the average retardation ratio of the optically anisotropic layer 100 is R (±50°) in both the measurement direction perpendicular to the in-plane slow axis A1 and the measurement direction perpendicular to the in-plane fast axis A2. When /R(0°) is in the range of approximately 1.00, the average retardation ratio R (±50°)/R(0°) of the optically anisotropic layer 100 can be regarded as a value close to 1.00 in all orientations. Therefore, the direction dependence of the reflection suppression ability can be effectively suppressed.

(1.6.厚度之說明)(1.6. Description of thickness)

第一區域110的厚度及第二區域120的厚度分別獨立,以0.1 μm以上為佳,以0.3 μm以上為較佳,且以9 μm以下為佳,以5 μm以下為較佳。藉由第一區域110的厚度及第二區域120的厚度位於前述範圍,可將面內延遲等特性輕易調整成期望之範圍。The thickness of the first region 110 and the thickness of the second region 120 are independent, preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.3 μm or more, and most preferably 9 μm or less, and preferably 5 μm or less. By the thickness of the first region 110 and the thickness of the second region 120 being within the above range, characteristics such as in-plane retardation can be easily adjusted to a desired range.

光學各向異性層100的厚度以0.5 μm以上為佳,以1.0 μm以上為較佳,且以200 μm以下為佳,以100 μm以下為較佳。此種厚度的光學各向異性層100,由於較使用於有機EL顯示面板之反射抑制薄膜用的偏光板之以往的相位差薄膜還薄,故可對有機EL顯示面板的薄型化有所貢獻。The thickness of the optically anisotropic layer 100 is preferably 0.5 μm or more, more preferably 1.0 μm or more, and most preferably 200 μm or less, and preferably 100 μm or less. Since the optically anisotropic layer 100 having such a thickness is thinner than the conventional retardation film used for the polarizing plate for the reflection suppressing film of the organic EL display panel, it is possible to contribute to the reduction in thickness of the organic EL display panel.

(1.7.光學各向異性體的特性及形狀)(1.7. Characteristics and shape of optical anisotropic body)

光學各向異性體10以透明性優異為佳。具體而言,光學各向異性體10的全光線穿透率以80%以上為佳,以85%以上為較佳,以88%以上為尤佳。並且,光學各向異性體10的霧度以5%以下為佳,以3%以下為較佳,以1%以下為尤佳。全光線穿透率可使用紫外線―可見光分光計,在波長400 nm~700 nm的範圍來量測。並且,霧度可使用霧度計來量測。The optical anisotropic body 10 is preferably excellent in transparency. Specifically, the total optical transmittance of the optical anisotropic body 10 is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 85% or more, and particularly preferably 88% or more. Further, the optical anisotropic body 10 preferably has a haze of 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, and particularly preferably 1% or less. The total light transmittance can be measured in the range of wavelengths from 400 nm to 700 nm using an ultraviolet-visible spectrometer. Also, the haze can be measured using a haze meter.

光學各向異性體10的形狀係為任意,但以薄膜狀為佳。在此情況下,就光學各向異性層100具有面內延遲而言,光學各向異性體10可作為相位差薄膜使用。The shape of the optical anisotropic body 10 is arbitrary, but it is preferably a film shape. In this case, the optical anisotropic body 10 can be used as a retardation film in terms of the in-plane retardation of the optically anisotropic layer 100.

(1.8.製造方法)(1.8. Manufacturing method)

上述光學各向異性體10的製造方法並無特別限制。舉例而言,光學各向異性體10可藉由包含下述工序的製造方法來製造:
(i)準備由包含液晶性化合物之液晶組成物所形成之層體(以下適時稱作「液晶組成物層」。)的工序;
(ii)貼合液晶組成物層的工序;與
(iii)使經貼合之液晶組成物層固化的工序。
The method for producing the optical anisotropic body 10 is not particularly limited. For example, the optical anisotropic body 10 can be manufactured by a manufacturing method including the following steps:
(i) a step of preparing a layer body (hereinafter referred to as "liquid crystal composition layer") formed of a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal compound;
(ii) a step of bonding the liquid crystal composition layer; and (iii) a step of curing the bonded liquid crystal composition layer.

在工序(i)中,通常於適切的支撐面透過液晶組成物形成液晶組成物層。作為支撐面,得使用可支撐液晶組成物層的任意面。作為此支撐面,就優化光學各向異性層的表面狀態之觀點而言,以使用無凹部及凸部的平坦面為佳。並且,就提高光學各向異性層之生產性的觀點而言,作為前述支撐面,以使用長條之基材的表面為佳。於此,所謂「長條」,係指相對於輻寬具有5倍以上之長度的形狀,以具有10倍或其以上之長度為佳,具體上係指具有可收捲成輥狀儲存或搬運之程度之長度的薄膜之形狀。In the step (i), a liquid crystal composition layer is usually formed by passing through a liquid crystal composition on a suitable supporting surface. As the support surface, any surface that can support the liquid crystal composition layer is used. As the support surface, from the viewpoint of optimizing the surface state of the optically anisotropic layer, it is preferable to use a flat surface having no concave portion and convex portion. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the productivity of the optically anisotropic layer, it is preferable to use the surface of the long substrate as the support surface. Here, the term "long strip" means a shape having a length of 5 times or more with respect to the width of the spoke, and preferably has a length of 10 times or more, and specifically means that it can be wound into a roll for storage or handling. The shape of the film to the extent of the length.

作為基材,通常使用樹脂薄膜或玻璃板。尤其,在高溫下進行定向處理的時候,以選擇可耐受此溫度之基材為佳。作為樹脂,通常使用熱塑性樹脂。其中,就定向限制力之高、機械性強度之高及成本之低的觀點而言,作為樹脂,以具有正的固有雙折射值之樹脂為佳。再者,就透明性、低吸濕性、尺寸穩定性及輕量性優異而言,以使用降𦯉烯系樹脂等包含含脂環結構聚合物的樹脂為佳。若要以商品名舉出基材所包含之樹脂的合適之例,可列舉日本瑞翁公司製「ZEONOR」作為降𦯉烯系樹脂。As the substrate, a resin film or a glass plate is usually used. In particular, when the orientation treatment is carried out at a high temperature, it is preferred to select a substrate which can withstand this temperature. As the resin, a thermoplastic resin is usually used. Among them, from the viewpoint of high orientation restraining power, high mechanical strength, and low cost, it is preferred that the resin be a resin having a positive intrinsic birefringence value. In addition, in terms of transparency, low moisture absorption, dimensional stability, and light weight, it is preferred to use a resin containing an alicyclic structure-containing polymer such as a norbornene-based resin. A suitable example of the resin contained in the base material by the name of the product is "ZEONOR" manufactured by Nihon Corporation, which is a norbornene-based resin.

於作為支撐面之基材的表面,為了促進在液晶組成物層中之液晶性化合物之分子的定向,以施加用以賦予定向限制力的處理為佳。所謂定向限制力,係指可使液晶組成物所包含之液晶性化合物之分子定向之「面的性質」。作為用以對支撐面賦予定向限制力的處理,可列舉例如:光定向處理、摩擦處理、定向膜形成處理、離子束定向處理、延伸處理等。In order to promote the orientation of the molecules of the liquid crystalline compound in the liquid crystal composition layer on the surface of the substrate as the support surface, it is preferable to apply a treatment for imparting the orientation regulating force. The orientation limiting force refers to the "surface property" of orienting the molecules of the liquid crystalline compound contained in the liquid crystal composition. Examples of the treatment for imparting the orientation regulating force to the support surface include a light directing treatment, a rubbing treatment, an oriented film forming treatment, an ion beam orientation treatment, an extension treatment, and the like.

在形成液晶組成物層的工序(i)中,液晶組成物通常係以流體狀來準備。因此,通常於支撐面塗布液晶組成物,形成液晶組成物層。作為塗布液晶組成物的方法,可列舉例如:簾塗法、擠製塗法、輥塗法、旋塗法、浸塗法、棒塗法、噴塗法、斜板式塗法、印刷塗法、凹版塗法、模具塗法、間隙塗法及浸漬法。In the step (i) of forming the liquid crystal composition layer, the liquid crystal composition is usually prepared in a fluid state. Therefore, the liquid crystal composition is usually applied to the support surface to form a liquid crystal composition layer. Examples of the method of applying the liquid crystal composition include a curtain coating method, an extrusion coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a spray coating method, a slant coating method, a printing coating method, and a gravure coating method. Coating method, mold coating method, gap coating method and dipping method.

於形成液晶組成物層之後,亦可視需求進行使液晶組成物層所包含之液晶性化合物之分子定向的工序(iv)。在進行定向時,通常將液晶組成物層於指定之溫度條件下指定多少時間就維持多久。藉此,在液晶組成物層中,液晶性化合物之分子定向。After the liquid crystal composition layer is formed, the step (iv) of orienting the molecules of the liquid crystal compound contained in the liquid crystal composition layer may be performed as needed. When orientation is performed, it is usually determined how long the liquid crystal composition layer is maintained under specified temperature conditions. Thereby, the molecular orientation of the liquid crystalline compound is in the liquid crystal composition layer.

通常,在面內方向上,液晶性化合物之分子會沿相應於支撐面之定向限制力的方向定向。並且,在條件適切的時候,於厚度方向上,液晶性化合物之分子會以至少一部分相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)傾斜之方式定向。作為適度調整前述條件的方法,可列舉:適度調整液晶組成物之組成的方法、使用「具有使液晶性化合物之分子以相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)傾斜之方式定向的定向限制力」之支撐面的方法、施加磁場的方法、適度調整定向時之溫度條件的方法等。作為此等方法,亦可適用例如:日本專利第5363022號公報、國際專利公開第2018/173778號(或日本專利申請第2017-060122號)、日本專利公開第2018-163218號公報(或日本專利申請第2017-059327號)、日本專利公開第2018-162379號公報(或日本專利申請第2017-060154號)、國際專利公開第2018/173773號(或日本專利申請第2017-060159號)所記載的方法。Generally, in the in-plane direction, molecules of the liquid crystalline compound are oriented in a direction corresponding to the orientation limiting force of the support surface. Further, when the conditions are appropriate, the molecules of the liquid crystalline compound are oriented in such a manner that at least a portion thereof is inclined with respect to the in-plane direction (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer) in the thickness direction. As a method of appropriately adjusting the above conditions, a method of appropriately adjusting the composition of the liquid crystal composition, and "having a direction in which the molecules of the liquid crystal compound are inclined with respect to the in-plane direction (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer plane) are used. A method of directionalally limiting the support surface, a method of applying a magnetic field, and a method of appropriately adjusting the temperature condition at the time of orientation. As such a method, for example, Japanese Patent No. 5363022, International Patent Publication No. 2018/173778 (or Japanese Patent Application No. 2017-060122), Japanese Patent Publication No. 2018-163218 (or Japanese Patent) Japanese Patent Publication No. 2018-162379 (or Japanese Patent Application No. 2017-060154), and International Patent Publication No. 2018/173773 (or Japanese Patent Application No. 2017-060159) Methods.

其中,以適度調整定向時之溫度條件的方法為佳。在此方法中,以液晶組成物層的溫度條件,成為與試驗組成物之殘留成分黏度呈800 cP(厘泊)以下的溫度條件相同之方式來進行前述定向。前述所謂試驗組成物,係具有已自液晶組成物排除聚合起始劑之組成的組成物。並且,所謂試驗組成物的殘留成分黏度,係在與定向時之液晶組成物層為相同溫度條件下,試驗組成物之殘留成分的黏度。並且,所謂試驗組成物的殘留成分,係於試驗組成物所包含之成分之中,在與定向時之液晶組成物層為相同溫度條件下未氣化而殘留的成分。藉由以滿足此種要件之方式來進行定向,可使液晶組成物層所包含之液晶性化合物之分子以相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)大幅傾斜之方式定向。Among them, a method of appropriately adjusting the temperature condition at the time of orientation is preferred. In this method, the orientation is carried out in such a manner that the temperature of the liquid crystal composition layer is the same as the temperature of the residual component of the test composition of 800 cP (centipoise) or less. The aforementioned test composition is a composition having a composition excluding a polymerization initiator from the liquid crystal composition. Further, the residual component viscosity of the test composition is the viscosity of the residual component of the test composition under the same temperature conditions as the liquid crystal composition layer at the time of orientation. In addition, the residual component of the test composition is a component which is not vaporized and remains in the liquid crystal composition layer at the same temperature as the component contained in the test composition. By orienting in such a manner as to satisfy such a requirement, the molecules of the liquid crystalline compound contained in the liquid crystal composition layer can be oriented in such a manner as to be largely inclined with respect to the in-plane direction (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer).

在與定向時之液晶組成物層為相同溫度條件下,試驗組成物的殘留成分黏度可藉由下述方法來量測。The residual component viscosity of the test composition can be measured by the following method under the same temperature conditions as the liquid crystal composition layer at the time of orientation.

準備已自液晶組成物排除聚合起始劑的試驗組成物。將此試驗組成物以旋轉蒸發儀減壓濃縮以去除溶劑,獲得殘留成分。預先對此殘留成分,在使量測溫度變化的同時量測黏度,以獲得量測溫度與在此量測溫度下之黏度的資訊。以下將此資訊適當稱作「溫度─黏度資訊」。由此「溫度─黏度資訊」,將在定向時之液晶組成物層之溫度下的黏度理解為殘留成分黏度。A test composition in which the polymerization initiator was excluded from the liquid crystal composition was prepared. This test composition was concentrated under reduced pressure on a rotary evaporator to remove the solvent to obtain a residue. For this residual component, the viscosity is measured while measuring the temperature change to obtain information on the measured temperature and the viscosity at the measured temperature. The following information is appropriately referred to as "temperature-viscosity information". From this "temperature-viscosity information", the viscosity at the temperature of the liquid crystal composition layer at the time of orientation is understood as the residual component viscosity.

作為在與定向時之液晶組成物層為相同溫度條件下使試驗組成物的殘留成分黏度落於上述範圍的方法,可舉出例如:適度調整定向時之液晶組成物層之溫度的方法。在此方法中,通常會如此調整:藉由使液晶組成物層之溫度足夠高溫,來降低在與此溫度為相同溫度條件下之試驗組成物的殘留成分黏度,使之變成上述範圍。The method of setting the residual component viscosity of the test composition to the above range under the same temperature conditions as the liquid crystal composition layer at the time of orientation includes, for example, a method of appropriately adjusting the temperature of the liquid crystal composition layer at the time of orientation. In this method, it is usually adjusted such that the temperature of the liquid crystal composition layer is sufficiently high to reduce the residual component viscosity of the test composition at the same temperature as the temperature to be in the above range.

在使液晶性化合物之分子定向的工序(iv)中,將液晶組成物層的溫度維持在指定溫度條件的時間,可於可獲得期望之光學各向異性層100的範圍任意設定,得為例如:30秒鐘~5分鐘。In the step (iv) of orienting the molecules of the liquid crystal compound, the temperature of the liquid crystal composition layer is maintained at a predetermined temperature condition, and can be arbitrarily set within a range in which the desired optical anisotropic layer 100 can be obtained, for example, : 30 seconds to 5 minutes.

準備液晶組成物層,視需求於使液晶性化合物之分子定向之後,進行貼合液晶組成物層的工序(ii)。在欲如本實施型態所示例般獲得整體為由液晶組成物所形成的光學各向異性層100之情況下,液晶組成物層的貼合會直接進行。所謂液晶組成物層的貼合為「直接」,係指貼合的液晶組成物層之間無其他層體。The liquid crystal composition layer is prepared, and after the molecules of the liquid crystal compound are oriented as needed, the step (ii) of laminating the liquid crystal composition layer is performed. In the case where the optically anisotropic layer 100 formed of the liquid crystal composition as a whole is obtained as in the embodiment shown in the present embodiment, the bonding of the liquid crystal composition layer is directly performed. The bonding of the liquid crystal composition layers is "direct", which means that there is no other layer between the liquid crystal composition layers to be bonded.

在前述貼合中,舉例而言,亦可於準備好1個液晶組成物層之後,將此液晶組成物層彎折而貼合。在此情況下,位於折線之一側的液晶組成物層對應於第一區域110,位於折線之另一側的液晶組成物層對應於第二區域120。In the above-mentioned bonding, for example, after one liquid crystal composition layer is prepared, the liquid crystal composition layer may be bent and bonded. In this case, the liquid crystal composition layer on one side of the fold line corresponds to the first region 110, and the liquid crystal composition layer on the other side of the fold line corresponds to the second region 120.

並且,在前述貼合中,舉例而言,亦可於準備好多個液晶組成物層之後,將此等液晶組成物層貼合。在此情況下,至少一個液晶組成物層對應於第一區域110,另外至少一個液晶組成物層對應於第二區域120。Further, in the bonding, for example, after the plurality of liquid crystal composition layers are prepared, the liquid crystal composition layers may be bonded together. In this case, at least one liquid crystal composition layer corresponds to the first region 110, and at least one liquid crystal composition layer corresponds to the second region 120.

在進行過液晶組成物層之貼合之後,進行使液晶組成物層固化以獲得作為液晶固化層之光學各向異性層100的工序(iii)。在此工序(iii)中,通常使液晶性化合物的一部分或全部聚合,以使液晶組成物層固化。藉由如此使之固化,在經貼合之液晶組成物層的界面上液晶組成物層彼此結合。因此,可獲得光學各向異性層100作為液晶固化層,所述液晶固化層包含作為液晶組成物層固化之區域的第一區域110及第二區域120。聚合時,液晶性化合物一般維持其分子的定向狀態直接聚合。據此,藉由前述聚合,通常聚合前之液晶組成物所包含之液晶性化合物的定向狀態受到固定。After the liquid crystal composition layer is bonded, the step (iii) of curing the liquid crystal composition layer to obtain the optically anisotropic layer 100 as a liquid crystal cured layer is performed. In the step (iii), a part or all of the liquid crystalline compound is usually polymerized to cure the liquid crystal composition layer. By solidifying in this way, the liquid crystal composition layers are bonded to each other at the interface of the bonded liquid crystal composition layer. Therefore, the optically anisotropic layer 100 can be obtained as a liquid crystal cured layer containing the first region 110 and the second region 120 as regions where the liquid crystal composition layer is cured. At the time of polymerization, the liquid crystalline compound generally maintains its molecular orientation state and directly polymerizes. According to this, the orientation state of the liquid crystalline compound contained in the liquid crystal composition before polymerization is usually fixed by the above polymerization.

作為聚合方法,得選擇適合液晶組成物所包含之成分之性質的方法。作為聚合方法,可列舉例如:照射活性能量線的方法及熱聚合法。其中,由於不需加熱而可使聚合反應在室溫下進行,故以照射活性能量線的方法為佳。於此,所照射之活性能量線,得包含:可見光、紫外線及紅外線等光線,以及電子束等任意能量線。As the polymerization method, a method suitable for the properties of the components contained in the liquid crystal composition is selected. Examples of the polymerization method include a method of irradiating an active energy ray and a thermal polymerization method. Among them, since the polymerization reaction can be carried out at room temperature without heating, it is preferred to irradiate the active energy ray. Here, the active energy ray to be irradiated includes light rays such as visible light, ultraviolet rays, and infrared rays, and arbitrary energy lines such as electron beams.

其中,就操作簡便而言,以照射紫外線等光線的方法為佳。紫外線照射時的溫度以定為基材的玻璃轉移溫度以下為佳,以150℃以下為佳,以100℃以下為較佳,以80℃以下為尤佳。紫外線照射時的溫度之下限得定為15℃以上。紫外線的照射強度,以0.1 mW/cm2 以上為佳,以0.5 mW/cm2 以上為較佳,且以10000 mW/cm2 以下為佳,以5000 mW/cm2 以下為較佳。紫外線的照射量,以0.1 mJ/cm2 以上為佳,以0.5 mJ/cm2 以上為較佳,且以10000 mJ/cm2 以下為佳,以5000 mJ/cm2 以下為較佳。Among them, in terms of ease of handling, it is preferred to irradiate light such as ultraviolet rays. The temperature at the time of ultraviolet irradiation is preferably at most the glass transition temperature of the substrate, preferably 150 ° C or lower, preferably 100 ° C or lower, and particularly preferably 80 ° C or lower. The lower limit of the temperature at the time of ultraviolet irradiation is set to 15 ° C or more. The irradiation intensity of ultraviolet rays is preferably 0.1 mW/cm 2 or more, more preferably 0.5 mW/cm 2 or more, more preferably 10000 mW/cm 2 or less, and preferably 5,000 mW/cm 2 or less. The irradiation amount of the ultraviolet rays is preferably 0.1 mJ/cm 2 or more, more preferably 0.5 mJ/cm 2 or more, more preferably 10000 mJ/cm 2 or less, and more preferably 5,000 mJ/cm 2 or less.

在前述例相關之製造方法中,雖然先使光學各向異性層100所包含之液晶組成物層固化,但固化的態樣並不受限於此例。舉例而言,可先行固化對應於第一區域110之液晶組成物層的一部分,亦可先行固化對應於第二區域120之液晶組成物層的一部分。舉例而言,亦可進行包含:
(v)準備透過液晶組成物的固化物所形成之層體的工序、
(vi)於此層體之表面,直接形成液晶組成物層的工序、
(vii)貼合液晶組成物層的工序,與
(viii)使經貼合之液晶組成物層固化的工序
的製造方法。在以下說明中,為了與作為光學各向異性層100的液晶固化層整體區別,而適時將在工序(v)準備之透過液晶組成物的固化物所形成之層體稱作「第一單元固化層」。於此,所謂於某層體之表面形成另一層體的態樣係為「直接」,係指此等2層體之間無其他層體。
In the manufacturing method according to the above example, the liquid crystal composition layer included in the optically anisotropic layer 100 is first cured, but the cured state is not limited to this example. For example, a portion of the liquid crystal composition layer corresponding to the first region 110 may be cured first, or a portion of the liquid crystal composition layer corresponding to the second region 120 may be cured first. For example, it can also include:
(v) a step of preparing a layer body formed by a cured product of the liquid crystal composition,
(vi) a step of directly forming a liquid crystal composition layer on the surface of the layer body,
(vii) a step of bonding the liquid crystal composition layer and (viii) a method of producing a step of curing the bonded liquid crystal composition layer. In the following description, in order to distinguish the liquid crystal cured layer as the optically anisotropic layer 100 as a whole, the layer formed by the cured product of the liquid crystal composition prepared in the step (v) is referred to as "first unit curing". Floor". Here, the aspect in which another layer is formed on the surface of a certain layer is "direct", and means that there is no other layer between the two layers.

工序(v)通常包含:於適切的支撐面透過液晶組成物形成液晶組成物層的工序、視需求使液晶組成物層所包含之液晶性化合物之分子定向的工序、使液晶組成物層固化以獲得第一單元固化層的工序。在此等工序中之具體的操作可與上述工序(i)、(iv)及(iii)相同。藉由此工序(v),可獲得透過液晶組成物的固化物所形成的第一單元固化層。第一單元固化層所包含之液晶性化合物之分子,通常在其面內方向上沿一方向定向。並且,第一單元固化層所包含之液晶性化合物之分子,通常在其厚度方向上,以至少一部分相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)傾斜之方式定向。The step (v) usually includes a step of forming a liquid crystal composition layer through the liquid crystal composition on a suitable supporting surface, a step of orienting the molecules of the liquid crystal compound contained in the liquid crystal composition layer, and curing the liquid crystal composition layer. The step of obtaining the first unit cured layer. The specific operations in these processes can be the same as the above steps (i), (iv) and (iii). By this step (v), the first unit cured layer formed by the cured product of the liquid crystal composition can be obtained. The molecules of the liquid crystalline compound contained in the first unit cured layer are generally oriented in one direction in the in-plane direction. Further, the molecules of the liquid crystalline compound contained in the first unit cured layer are generally oriented in a thickness direction thereof in such a manner that at least a portion thereof is inclined with respect to the in-plane direction (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer).

在準備好第一單元固化層之後,進行於第一單元固化層之表面,直接形成液晶組成物層的工序(vi)。藉由此工序,準備液晶組成物層作為形成於第一單元固化層上之層體。液晶組成物層的形成通常藉由於第一單元固化層之表面塗布液晶組成物來進行。塗布方法亦可使用與在工序(i)之項目中已說明者相同的方法。在塗布液晶組成物之前,於第一單元固化層之表面亦可施以摩擦處理等用以賦予定向限制力的處理。然而,第一單元固化層之表面通常即使不施以特殊的處理,仍具有使形成於該表面上之液晶組成物層所包含之液晶性化合物之分子適度定向的定向限制力。據此,在減少工序數量以有效率進行製造的觀點上,工序(vi)以不對第一單元固化層之表面施以摩擦處理為佳。After the first unit cured layer is prepared, the step (vi) of directly forming the liquid crystal composition layer is performed on the surface of the first unit cured layer. By this step, a liquid crystal composition layer was prepared as a layer body formed on the first unit solidified layer. The formation of the liquid crystal composition layer is usually performed by coating a liquid crystal composition on the surface of the first unit cured layer. The coating method may also use the same method as that described in the item of the step (i). Before the liquid crystal composition is applied, a treatment such as a rubbing treatment or the like for imparting an orientation restricting force may be applied to the surface of the first unit cured layer. However, the surface of the first unit cured layer generally has an orientation restricting force for appropriately orienting molecules of the liquid crystalline compound contained in the liquid crystal composition layer formed on the surface, even without special treatment. Accordingly, in the viewpoint of reducing the number of steps to efficiently manufacture, the step (vi) preferably does not apply a rubbing treatment to the surface of the first unit cured layer.

在於第一單元固化層之表面形成液晶組成物層之後,亦可視需求進行使液晶組成物層所包含之液晶性化合物之分子定向的工序(ix)。在此工序(ix)中之具體的操作可與上述工序(iv)相同。藉此,在液晶組成物層中,液晶性化合物之分子定向。通常,在面內方向上,液晶組成物層所包含之液晶性化合物之分子,藉由第一單元固化層之表面的定向限制力,沿與第一單元固化層所包含之液晶性化合物之定向方向相同的方向定向。另一方面,在厚度方向上,液晶組成物層所包含之液晶性化合物之分子,以至少一部分相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)傾斜之方式定向。尤其,包含可顯現逆波長色散性之雙折射之液晶性化合物(以下適時稱作「逆色散液晶性化合物」。)的第一單元固化層,可發揮作為定向膜的功能,所述定向膜使形成於該第一單元固化層之表面的液晶組成物層所包含之逆色散液晶性化合物之分子,相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)大幅傾斜。據此,可輕易獲得第一慢軸A110及第二慢軸A120相對於面內方向A6(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ1及θ2為大的光學各向異性層100。After the liquid crystal composition layer is formed on the surface of the first unit cured layer, the step (ix) of orienting the molecules of the liquid crystal compound contained in the liquid crystal composition layer may be performed as needed. The specific operation in this step (ix) can be the same as the above step (iv). Thereby, the molecular orientation of the liquid crystalline compound is in the liquid crystal composition layer. Generally, in the in-plane direction, the molecules of the liquid crystalline compound contained in the liquid crystal composition layer are oriented along the liquid crystal compound contained in the first unit cured layer by the orientation restricting force of the surface of the first unit cured layer. Oriented in the same direction. On the other hand, in the thickness direction, the molecules of the liquid crystalline compound contained in the liquid crystal composition layer are oriented so that at least a part thereof is inclined with respect to the in-plane direction (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer). In particular, the first unit cured layer containing a liquid crystal compound (hereinafter referred to as "inverse dispersion liquid crystal compound") which exhibits birefringence of reverse wavelength dispersion can function as an alignment film which enables The molecules of the inverse dispersion liquid crystalline compound contained in the liquid crystal composition layer formed on the surface of the first unit cured layer are largely inclined with respect to the in-plane direction (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer). Accordingly, the optically anisotropic layer 100 in which the first slow axis A110 and the second slow axis A120 are large with respect to the in-plane direction A6 (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer plane) at an angle θ1 and θ2 can be easily obtained.

在準備好液晶組成物層,並視需求使液晶性化合物之分子定向之後,進行貼合液晶組成物層的工序(vii)。此貼合通常直接進行。After the liquid crystal composition layer is prepared and the molecules of the liquid crystal compound are oriented as required, the step (vii) of laminating the liquid crystal composition layer is performed. This fit is usually done directly.

在前述貼合中,舉例而言,亦可於準備好具備第一單元固化層及形成於該第一單元固化層上之液晶組成物層的1個中間薄膜之後,彎折此中間薄膜而貼合。在此情況下,位於折線之一側的第一單元固化層及液晶組成物層對應於第一區域110,位於折線之另一側的第一單元固化層及液晶組成物層對應於第二區域120。In the above-mentioned bonding, for example, after the intermediate film having the first unit cured layer and the liquid crystal composition layer formed on the first unit cured layer is prepared, the intermediate film may be bent and pasted. Hehe. In this case, the first unit solidified layer and the liquid crystal composition layer on one side of the fold line correspond to the first region 110, and the first unit solidified layer and the liquid crystal composition layer on the other side of the fold line correspond to the second region. 120.

並且,在前述貼合中,舉例而言,亦可於準備好具備第一單元固化層及形成於該第一單元固化層上之液晶組成物層的2個中間薄膜之後,將此等液晶組成物層貼合。在此情況下,一者之中間薄膜的第一單元固化層及液晶組成物層對應於第一區域110,另一者之中間薄膜的第一單元固化層及液晶組成物層對應於第二區域120。Further, in the bonding, for example, after the two intermediate films having the first unit cured layer and the liquid crystal composition layer formed on the first unit cured layer are prepared, the liquid crystal may be composed of The layers are attached. In this case, the first unit cured layer and the liquid crystal composition layer of one of the intermediate films correspond to the first region 110, and the first unit cured layer and the liquid crystal composition layer of the intermediate film of the other corresponds to the second region. 120.

在進行過液晶組成物層之貼合之後,進行使液晶組成物層固化以獲得作為液晶固化層之光學各向異性層100的工序(viii)。在以下說明中,為了與作為光學各向異性層100的液晶固化層整體及第一單元固化層區別,而適時將形成於第一單元固化層上之液晶組成物層固化之層體稱作「第二單元固化層」。在此工序(viii)中之具體的操作可與工序(iii)相同。藉此,在液晶組成物層的界面上液晶組成物層彼此結合。因此,可獲得光學各向異性層100作為液晶固化層,所述液晶固化層包含:作為包含第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層之層體的第一區域110,以及作為包含第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層之層體的第二區域120。After the bonding of the liquid crystal composition layers, the step (viii) of curing the liquid crystal composition layer to obtain the optically anisotropic layer 100 as a liquid crystal cured layer is performed. In the following description, in order to distinguish from the entire liquid crystal cured layer as the optically anisotropic layer 100 and the first unit cured layer, the layer formed by solidifying the liquid crystal composition layer formed on the first unit cured layer is referred to as " The second unit is cured." The specific operation in this step (viii) can be the same as the step (iii). Thereby, the liquid crystal composition layers are bonded to each other at the interface of the liquid crystal composition layer. Therefore, the optically anisotropic layer 100 can be obtained as a liquid crystal cured layer, the liquid crystal cured layer comprising: a first region 110 as a layer body including a first unit cured layer and a second unit cured layer, and as a first unit included a second region 120 of the layer of the cured layer and the second unit cured layer.

藉由以上般的製造方法,可獲得光學各向異性層100。因此,藉由包含以上述製造方法來製造光學各向異性層100的方法,可獲得光學各向異性體10。此製造方法亦可更包含任意工序組合於上述工序。The optically anisotropic layer 100 can be obtained by the above manufacturing method. Therefore, the optical anisotropic body 10 can be obtained by a method including the production of the optically anisotropic layer 100 by the above-described manufacturing method. This manufacturing method may further include any step in combination with the above steps.

在上述製造方法中,通常可獲得包含基材的光學各向異性體10。於是,舉例而言,上述製造方法亦可包含剝離基材的工序。藉此,可將光學各向異性層100自身作為光學各向異性體10而獲得。In the above production method, the optical anisotropic body 10 including the substrate is usually obtained. Thus, for example, the above manufacturing method may also include a step of peeling off the substrate. Thereby, the optically anisotropic layer 100 itself can be obtained as the optical anisotropic body 10.

並且,上述製造方法,舉例而言,亦可包含將設置於基材上的光學各向異性層100轉印至任意薄膜層的工序。據此,舉例而言,光學各向異性體10的製造方法,亦可包含:在將形成於基材上之光學各向異性層100與任意薄膜層貼合之後,視需求剝離基材以獲得包含光學各向異性層100及任意薄膜層之光學各向異性體10的工序。此時,於貼合亦可使用適切的黏合劑或接合劑。Further, the above-described manufacturing method may include, for example, a step of transferring the optically anisotropic layer 100 provided on the substrate to an arbitrary thin film layer. According to this, for example, the method of manufacturing the optical anisotropic body 10 may further include: after bonding the optically anisotropic layer 100 formed on the substrate to any of the film layers, the substrate is peeled off as needed to obtain The step of including the optically anisotropic layer 100 and the optical anisotropic body 10 of any thin film layer. In this case, a suitable adhesive or bonding agent can also be used for the bonding.

再者,上述製造方法,舉例而言,亦可包含於所獲得之光學各向異性體10進一步設置任意層體的工序。Further, the above production method may be, for example, a step of further providing an arbitrary layer body to the obtained optical anisotropic body 10.

[2.光學各向異性體的第二實施型態][2. Second embodiment of optical anisotropic body]

在第一實施型態中,雖說明了具備僅由液晶組成物的固化物而成之光學各向異性層100的光學各向異性體10,但光學各向異性體並不受限於僅由液晶組成物的固化物而成者。以下揭示範例以說明此實施型態。In the first embodiment, the optical anisotropic body 10 including the optically anisotropic layer 100 composed only of the cured product of the liquid crystal composition has been described. However, the optical anisotropic body is not limited to only A cured product of a liquid crystal composition is formed. Examples are disclosed below to illustrate this embodiment.

圖8係繪示本發明之第二實施型態相關之光學各向異性體20的立體示意圖。並且,圖9係繪示本發明之第二實施型態相關之光學各向異性體20之光學各向異性層200的剖面示意圖。在圖9中,揭示將光學各向異性層200以平行於該光學各向異性層200的面內慢軸A1(參照圖8)及厚度方向A3(參照圖8)兩者的平面來切割的剖面200S。並且,在第二實施型態相關之光學各向異性體20中,與第一實施型態相關之光學各向異性體10相同的部位會標註相同的符號來表示。Fig. 8 is a perspective view showing an optical anisotropic body 20 according to a second embodiment of the present invention. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an optically anisotropic layer 200 of the optical anisotropic body 20 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 9, it is disclosed that the optically anisotropic layer 200 is cut in a plane parallel to both the in-plane slow axis A1 (refer to FIG. 8) and the thickness direction A3 (refer to FIG. 8) of the optical anisotropic layer 200. Section 200S. Further, in the optical anisotropic body 20 according to the second embodiment, the same portions as those of the optical anisotropic body 10 according to the first embodiment will be denoted by the same reference numerals.

如圖8及圖9所示,本發明之第二實施型態相關之光學各向異性體20,除了光學各向異性層200於第一區域110及第二區域120之間包含由液晶組成物的固化物以外之材料所形成的非液晶區域230以外,設置成與第一實施型態相關之光學各向異性體10相同。第一區域110、第二區域120及非液晶區域230係對於光學各向異性層200之面內方向A6平行(亦即對於層體平面平行)擴展之層狀的區域。並且,第一區域110、第二區域120及非液晶區域230在光學各向異性層200的厚度方向A3上位於相異的位置。此種光學各向異性體20具有與第一實施型態相關之光學各向異性體10相同的特性,可發揮與第一實施型態相關之光學各向異性體10相同的效果。As shown in FIG. 8 and FIG. 9, the optical anisotropic body 20 according to the second embodiment of the present invention comprises, in addition to the optically anisotropic layer 200, a liquid crystal composition between the first region 110 and the second region 120. The optical anisotropic body 10 related to the first embodiment is provided in the same manner as the non-liquid crystal region 230 formed of a material other than the cured product. The first region 110, the second region 120, and the non-liquid crystal region 230 are layered regions in which the in-plane direction A6 of the optically anisotropic layer 200 is parallel (that is, parallel to the plane of the layer). Further, the first region 110, the second region 120, and the non-liquid crystal region 230 are located at different positions in the thickness direction A3 of the optical anisotropic layer 200. Such an optical anisotropic body 20 has the same characteristics as the optical anisotropic body 10 according to the first embodiment, and exhibits the same effects as the optical anisotropic body 10 according to the first embodiment.

作為非液晶區域230的材料,可列舉例如:玻璃、樹脂等。並且,非液晶區域230的材料可為1種,亦可為2種以上。其中,非液晶區域230的材料以樹脂為佳,尤其,以作為黏合劑或接合劑使用的樹脂為合適。藉由使用此等黏合劑或接合劑,可易於進行光學各向異性體20的製造。Examples of the material of the non-liquid crystal region 230 include glass, resin, and the like. Further, the material of the non-liquid crystal region 230 may be one type or two or more types. Among them, the material of the non-liquid crystal region 230 is preferably a resin, and particularly preferably a resin used as a binder or a bonding agent. The production of the optical anisotropic body 20 can be easily performed by using such an adhesive or a bonding agent.

非液晶區域230亦可為具有面內延遲之光學各向異性的區域,但以實質上不具面內延遲之光學各向同性的區域為佳。藉由非液晶區域230為光學各向同性的區域,可更加有效發揮「可抑制光學各向異性層200整體之延遲的方向依賴性」的效果。The non-liquid crystal region 230 may also be a region having optical anisotropy of in-plane retardation, but is preferably an optically isotropic region having substantially no in-plane retardation. By the non-liquid crystal region 230 being an optically isotropic region, the effect of "the direction dependence of the retardation of the entire optically anisotropic layer 200 can be suppressed" can be more effectively exhibited.

在非液晶區域230為光學各向同性的區域之情況下,在量測波長550 nm之該非液晶區域230之具體的面內延遲,以10 nm以下為佳,以5 nm以下為較佳,以3 nm以下為尤佳。In the case where the non-liquid crystal region 230 is an optically isotropic region, the specific in-plane retardation of the non-liquid crystal region 230 at a wavelength of 550 nm is preferably 10 nm or less, preferably 5 nm or less. Below 3 nm is especially good.

上述光學各向異性體20的製造方法並無特別限制。舉例而言,具備由黏合劑或接合劑所形成之非液晶區域230的光學各向異性體20,可藉由包含下述工序的製造方法來製造:
(x)準備由包含液晶性化合物之液晶組成物的固化物所形成之液晶固化層的工序;與
(xi)貼合液晶固化層的工序。
The method for producing the optical anisotropic body 20 is not particularly limited. For example, the optical anisotropic body 20 having the non-liquid crystal region 230 formed of a binder or a bonding agent can be manufactured by a manufacturing method including the following steps:
(x) a step of preparing a liquid crystal cured layer formed of a cured product of a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal compound; and (xi) a step of bonding a liquid crystal cured layer.

工序(x)通常包含:於適切的支撐面透過液晶組成物形成液晶組成物層的工序、視需求使液晶組成物層所包含之液晶性化合物之分子定向的工序、使液晶組成物層固化以獲得液晶固化層的工序。在此等工序中之具體的操作可與在第一實施型態已說明之工序(i)、(iv)及(iii)相同。藉由此工序(x),可獲得透過液晶組成物的固化物所形成的液晶固化層。液晶固化層所包含之液晶性化合物之分子,通常在其面內方向上沿一方向定向。並且,液晶固化層所包含之液晶性化合物之分子,通常在其厚度方向上,以至少一部分相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)傾斜之方式定向。The step (x) usually includes a step of forming a liquid crystal composition layer through the liquid crystal composition on a suitable supporting surface, a step of orienting the molecules of the liquid crystal compound contained in the liquid crystal composition layer, and curing the liquid crystal composition layer. A process of obtaining a liquid crystal cured layer. The specific operations in these processes may be the same as the steps (i), (iv) and (iii) which have been described in the first embodiment. By this step (x), a liquid crystal cured layer formed by a cured product of the liquid crystal composition can be obtained. The molecules of the liquid crystalline compound contained in the liquid crystal cured layer are usually oriented in one direction in the in-plane direction. Further, the molecules of the liquid crystalline compound contained in the liquid crystal cured layer are generally oriented in such a manner that at least a portion thereof is inclined with respect to the in-plane direction (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer) in the thickness direction thereof.

並且,工序(x)亦可包含:準備第一單元固化層的工序、於第一單元固化層之表面直接形成液晶組成物層的工序、視需求使液晶組成物層所包含之液晶性化合物之分子定向的工序,以及使液晶組成物層固化以獲得液晶固化層的工序。在此等工序中之具體的操作可與在第一實施型態已說明之工序(v)、(vi)、(ix)及(iii)相同。藉由此工序(x),可獲得包含第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的液晶固化層。根據此種第一單元固化層與第二單元固化層的組合,在使用逆色散液晶性化合物的情況下,如在第一實施型態所說明,可輕易獲得第一慢軸A110及第二慢軸A120相對於面內方向A6(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ1及θ2為大的光學各向異性層200。Further, the step (x) may include a step of preparing the first unit cured layer, a step of directly forming a liquid crystal composition layer on the surface of the first unit cured layer, and a liquid crystal compound contained in the liquid crystal composition layer as needed. The step of molecular orientation and the step of curing the liquid crystal composition layer to obtain a liquid crystal cured layer. The specific operations in these processes may be the same as those described in the first embodiment (v), (vi), (ix) and (iii). By this step (x), a liquid crystal cured layer containing the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer can be obtained. According to the combination of the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, in the case of using an inverse dispersion liquid crystalline compound, as explained in the first embodiment, the first slow axis A110 and the second slow can be easily obtained. The angle θ1 and θ2 of the axis A120 with respect to the in-plane direction A6 (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer) are large optical anisotropic layers 200.

在準備好液晶固化層之後,進行貼合此液晶固化層的工序。此貼合係使用接合劑或黏合劑來進行。After the liquid crystal cured layer is prepared, the step of bonding the liquid crystal cured layer is performed. This bonding is carried out using a bonding agent or a binder.

在前述貼合中,舉例而言,亦可於準備好1個液晶固化層之後,彎折此液晶固化層而貼合。在此情況下,可獲得光學各向異性層200,其具備:位於折線之一側之作為液晶固化層的第一區域110、位於折線之另一側之作為液晶固化層的第二區域120,及位於此等之間之作為接合劑或黏合劑之層體的非液晶區域230。In the above-mentioned bonding, for example, after one liquid crystal curing layer is prepared, the liquid crystal cured layer may be bent and bonded. In this case, an optically anisotropic layer 200 having a first region 110 as a liquid crystal cured layer on one side of the fold line and a second region 120 as a liquid crystal cured layer on the other side of the fold line may be obtained. And a non-liquid crystal region 230 between the layers as a bonding agent or adhesive.

並且,在前述貼合中,舉例而言,亦可於準備好多個液晶固化層之後,將此等液晶固化層貼合。在此情況下,可獲得光學各向異性層200,其具備:至少一個作為液晶固化層的第一區域110、另外至少一個作為液晶固化層的第二區域120,及位於此等之間之作為接合劑或黏合劑之層體的非液晶區域230。Further, in the bonding, for example, after the plurality of liquid crystal cured layers are prepared, the liquid crystal cured layers may be bonded together. In this case, the optically anisotropic layer 200 is provided, comprising: at least one first region 110 as a liquid crystal cured layer, and at least one second region 120 as a liquid crystal cured layer, and a relationship between the two A non-liquid crystal region 230 of the layer of the bonding agent or adhesive.

藉由以上般的製造方法,可獲得光學各向異性層200。因此,藉由包含以上述製造方法製造光學各向異性層200的方法,可獲得光學各向異性體20。此製造方法亦可更包含任意工序組合於上述工序。作為任意工序,可列舉例如:在第一實施型態已說明之工序。The optically anisotropic layer 200 can be obtained by the above manufacturing method. Therefore, the optical anisotropic body 20 can be obtained by a method including manufacturing the optical anisotropic layer 200 by the above-described manufacturing method. This manufacturing method may further include any step in combination with the above steps. As an arbitrary process, the process demonstrated by the 1st Embodiment is mentioned, for example.

[3.光學各向異性體的其他實施型態][3. Other embodiments of optical anisotropic bodies]

光學各向異性體亦可自上述第一實施型態及第二實施型態進一步變更而實施。The optical anisotropic body may be further modified from the first embodiment and the second embodiment described above.

在第一實施型態中,雖揭示了將僅包含第一區域110及第二區域120的液晶固化層作為光學各向異性層100使用之例,但舉例而言,作為光學各向異性層100的液晶固化層亦可包含任意區域組合於第一區域110及第二區域120。作為「作為光學各向異性層100的液晶固化層」得包含之任意區域,可舉出例如:液晶性化合物之分子已沿厚度方向定向的區域。In the first embodiment, an example in which a liquid crystal cured layer including only the first region 110 and the second region 120 is used as the optical anisotropic layer 100 is disclosed, but as an optical anisotropic layer 100, for example. The liquid crystal cured layer may also include any region combined with the first region 110 and the second region 120. Any region included in the "liquid crystal cured layer as the optically anisotropic layer 100" may be, for example, a region in which molecules of the liquid crystal compound have been oriented in the thickness direction.

並且,在第一實施型態及第二實施型態中,雖揭示了僅具備1組第一區域110及第二區域120組的光學各向異性層100及200之例,但舉例而言,亦可為一個光學各向異性層100及200包含2組以上的第一區域110及第二區域120。Further, in the first embodiment and the second embodiment, an example of the optically anisotropic layers 100 and 200 including only one set of the first region 110 and the second region 120 is disclosed, but for example, The optically anisotropic layers 100 and 200 may include two or more sets of the first region 110 and the second region 120.

再者,光學各向異性體10及20亦可更包含任意層體組合於光學各向異性層100及200。作為任意層體,可列舉例如:使用於光學各向異性層100及200之製造的基材;相位差薄膜;優化薄膜之光滑性的基墊層;耐衝擊性聚甲基丙烯酸樹脂層等硬塗層;抗反射層;防汙層;等。Furthermore, the optical anisotropic bodies 10 and 20 may further include any layer body combined with the optically anisotropic layers 100 and 200. Examples of the optional layered body include a substrate used for the production of the optically anisotropic layers 100 and 200, a retardation film, a base pad layer for optimizing the smoothness of the film, and a hard layer such as an impact-resistant polymethacrylic resin layer. Coating; anti-reflective layer; anti-fouling layer;

[4.液晶組成物][4. Liquid crystal composition]

液晶組成物係包含液晶性化合物的材料。此液晶組成物不僅包含含有2種以上之成分的材料,亦包含僅含有1種之液晶性化合物的材料。光學各向異性層的第一區域及第二區域係透過此液晶組成物的固化物所形成。使用於第一區域之形成的液晶組成物與使用於第二區域之形成的液晶組成物可相同,亦可相異。因此,第一區域所包含之液晶性化合物等成分與第二區域所包含之液晶性化合物等成分可相同,亦可相異。再者,在第一區域及第二區域係分別透過第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層般之多個層體所形成之情況下,使用於此等多個層體之形成的液晶組成物可相同,亦可相異。因此,此等多個層體所包含之液晶性化合物等成分可相同,亦可相異。The liquid crystal composition is a material containing a liquid crystal compound. This liquid crystal composition contains not only a material containing two or more kinds of components but also a material containing only one liquid crystal compound. The first region and the second region of the optically anisotropic layer are formed by a cured product of the liquid crystal composition. The liquid crystal composition used for the formation of the first region may be the same as or different from the liquid crystal composition used for the formation of the second region. Therefore, the components such as the liquid crystal compound contained in the first region may be the same as or different from the components such as the liquid crystal compound contained in the second region. Further, in the case where the first region and the second region are formed by a plurality of layer bodies such as the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, the liquid crystal composition formed using the plurality of layers is used. The objects can be the same or different. Therefore, the components such as the liquid crystal compound contained in the plurality of layer bodies may be the same or different.

液晶性化合物係具有液晶性的化合物,通常在使該液晶性化合物定向的情況下可呈現液晶相。液晶性化合物以具有聚合性為佳。因此,液晶性化合物以其分子包含丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基及環氧基等聚合性基為佳。具有聚合性的液晶性化合物可在呈現液晶相之狀態下聚合,維持在液晶相中之分子的定向狀態直接變成聚合物。據此,能夠在液晶組成物的固化物中固定液晶性化合物的定向狀態、提高液晶性化合物的聚合度以提高光學各向異性層的機械性強度。The liquid crystalline compound is a compound having a liquid crystal property, and usually exhibits a liquid crystal phase when the liquid crystalline compound is oriented. The liquid crystalline compound preferably has polymerizability. Therefore, the liquid crystalline compound preferably contains a polymerizable group such as an acrylonitrile group, a methacryl fluorenyl group or an epoxy group in its molecule. The polymerizable liquid crystalline compound can be polymerized in a state in which a liquid crystal phase is present, and the orientation state of molecules held in the liquid crystal phase directly becomes a polymer. According to this, the orientation state of the liquid crystal compound can be fixed in the cured product of the liquid crystal composition, and the degree of polymerization of the liquid crystal compound can be improved to improve the mechanical strength of the optically anisotropic layer.

液晶性化合物的分子量以300以上為佳,以500以上為較佳,以800以上為尤佳,且以2000以下為佳,以1700以下為較佳,以1500以下為尤佳。藉由使用具有此種範圍之分子量的液晶性化合物,可格外優化液晶組成物的塗布性。The molecular weight of the liquid crystal compound is preferably 300 or more, more preferably 500 or more, still more preferably 800 or more, and most preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1700 or less, still more preferably 1,500 or less. By using a liquid crystalline compound having a molecular weight in such a range, the coatability of the liquid crystal composition can be optimized.

在量測波長550 nm之液晶性化合物的雙折射Δn,以0.01以上為佳,以0.03以上為較佳,且以0.15以下為佳,以0.10以下為較佳。藉由使用具有此種範圍之雙折射Δn的液晶性化合物,通常容易獲得定向缺陷少的光學各向異性層。The birefringence Δn of the liquid crystal compound having a wavelength of 550 nm is preferably 0.01 or more, preferably 0.03 or more, more preferably 0.15 or less, and most preferably 0.10 or less. By using a liquid crystalline compound having a birefringence Δn in such a range, an optically anisotropic layer having less orientation defects is generally easily obtained.

液晶性化合物的雙折射可藉由例如下述方法來量測。The birefringence of the liquid crystalline compound can be measured by, for example, the following method.

製作液晶性化合物之層體,使此層體所包含之液晶性化合物均勻定向。之後,量測此層體的面內延遲。然後,可由「(層體的面內延遲)÷(層體的厚度)」求得液晶性化合物的雙折射。此時,為使面內延遲及厚度的量測變得容易,亦可使已均勻定向之液晶性化合物的層體固化。A layer of the liquid crystalline compound is produced to uniformly orient the liquid crystalline compound contained in the layer. Thereafter, the in-plane retardation of this layer is measured. Then, the birefringence of the liquid crystalline compound can be determined from "(in-plane retardation of the layer) ÷ (thickness of the layer)". In this case, in order to facilitate the measurement of the in-plane retardation and the thickness, the layer of the liquid crystal compound which has been uniformly oriented may be cured.

液晶性化合物可單獨使用1種,亦可以任意比率組合2種以上使用。並且,作為液晶性化合物,可使用可顯現逆波長色散性之雙折射的逆色散液晶性化合物,亦可使用可顯現順波長色散性之雙折射的順色散液晶性化合物,還可使用逆色散液晶性化合物與順色散液晶性化合物的組合。所謂可顯現逆波長色散性之雙折射的液晶性化合物,係指在形成該液晶性化合物之層體,於此層體中使液晶性化合物定向時,顯現逆波長色散性之雙折射的液晶性化合物。並且,所謂可顯現順波長色散性之雙折射的液晶性化合物,係指在形成該液晶性化合物之層體,於此層體中使液晶性化合物定向時,顯現順波長色散性之雙折射的液晶性化合物。通常在使液晶性化合物均勻定向的情況下,可藉由驗看液晶性化合物之層體是否表現出逆波長色散性及順波長色散性之任一者的雙折射,來確認到此液晶性化合物是否顯現逆波長色散性及順波長色散性之任一者的雙折射。所謂使液晶性化合物均勻定向,係指形成包含該液晶性化合物之層體,使在此層體中之液晶性化合物之分子的折射率橢球體上最大折射率的方向,沿平行於前述層體之層體平面的某一方向定向。The liquid crystal compound may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio. Further, as the liquid crystal compound, an inverse dispersion liquid crystal compound which exhibits birefringence of reverse wavelength dispersion can be used, and a cis-dispersion liquid crystal compound which exhibits birefringence of a wavelength-dispersive dispersion can be used, and an inverse dispersion liquid crystal can also be used. A combination of a compound and a cis-dispersing liquid crystalline compound. The liquid crystal compound which exhibits the birefringence of the reverse wavelength dispersion property refers to a liquid crystal which exhibits birefringence of reverse wavelength dispersion when the liquid crystal compound is oriented in the layer body in which the liquid crystal compound is formed. Compound. Further, the liquid crystal compound which exhibits birefringence in the wavelength-dependent dispersion means a layer in which the liquid crystal compound is formed, and when the liquid crystal compound is oriented in the layer, the birefringence of the wavelength dispersion is exhibited. Liquid crystalline compound. In the case where the liquid crystal compound is uniformly oriented, it is possible to confirm the liquid crystal compound by examining whether the layer of the liquid crystal compound exhibits birefringence of either of the reverse wavelength dispersion property and the wavelength dispersion property. Whether or not the birefringence of either of the reverse wavelength dispersion property and the gradual wavelength dispersion property is exhibited. The uniform orientation of the liquid crystalline compound means that the layer containing the liquid crystalline compound is formed such that the direction of the maximum refractive index on the refractive index ellipsoid of the molecules of the liquid crystalline compound in the layer is parallel to the layer. Orientation in one direction of the plane of the layer.

其中,就實現可在寬廣的波長範圍中發揮反射抑制能力的偏光板之觀點而言,作為液晶性化合物,以逆色散液晶性化合物為佳。逆色散液晶性化合物的雙折射顯現為:在該逆色散液晶性化合物之分子的折射率橢球體上,表現最大折射率之方向的折射率與交叉於此方向之另一方向的折射率之差。並且,前述各方向之折射率的波長色散性得因應逆色散液晶性化合物的分子結構而相異。據此,舉例而言,在折射率為相對大的某方向上,以長波長量測到的折射率雖然變得較以短波長量測到的折射率還小,但此等之差為小。另一方面,在折射率為相對小的另一方向上,以長波長量測到的折射率變得較以短波長量測到的折射率還小,且此等之差為大。在此種範例中之前述方向間的折射率差,若量測波長短則變小,若量測波長長則變大。其結果,可顯現逆波長色散性之雙折射。Among them, from the viewpoint of realizing a polarizing plate which exhibits a reflection suppressing ability in a wide wavelength range, it is preferable to use a reverse-dispersion liquid crystal compound as the liquid crystal compound. The birefringence of the inversely dispersive liquid crystal compound appears to be the difference between the refractive index in the direction of the maximum refractive index and the refractive index in the other direction crossing the direction of the refractive index ellipsoid of the molecule of the inversely dispersive liquid crystalline compound. . Further, the wavelength dispersion of the refractive index in each of the above directions is different depending on the molecular structure of the inversely-dispersed liquid crystal compound. Accordingly, for example, in a direction in which the refractive index is relatively large, the refractive index measured by the long wavelength is smaller than the refractive index measured by the short wavelength, but the difference is small. . On the other hand, in the other direction in which the refractive index is relatively small, the refractive index measured by the long wavelength is smaller than the refractive index measured by the short wavelength, and the difference is large. The refractive index difference between the aforementioned directions in this example becomes small if the measurement wavelength is short, and becomes large if the measurement wavelength is long. As a result, birefringence of the inverse wavelength dispersion can be exhibited.

作為逆色散液晶性化合物之例,可列舉由下述式(I)所示者。Examples of the inversely-dispersed liquid crystal compound include those represented by the following formula (I).

『化1』
『化1』

在式(I)中,Ar表示由下述式(II-1)~式(II-7)之任一者所示之基。在式(II-1)~式(II-7)中,*表示與Z1 或Z2 的鍵結位置。In the formula (I), Ar represents a group represented by any one of the following formulae (II-1) to (II-7). In the formulae (II-1) to (II-7), * represents a bonding position with Z 1 or Z 2 .

『化2』
『化2』

在前述式(II-1)~式(II-7)中,E1 及E2 分別獨立,表示選自由-CR11 R12 -、-S-、-NR11 -、-CO-及-O-而成之群組之基。並且,R11 及R12 分別獨立,表示氫原子或碳原子數1~4的烷基。其中,E1 及E2 分別獨立以-S-為佳。In the above formula (II-1) to formula (II-7), E 1 and E 2 are each independently, and are selected from -CR 11 R 12 -, -S-, -NR 11 -, -CO- and -O. - The basis of the group. Further, R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Among them, E 1 and E 2 are each independently -S-.

在前述式(II-1)~式(II-7)中,D1 ~D3 分別獨立,表示亦可具有取代基的芳烴環基或亦可具有取代基的芳雜環基。D1 ~D3 所表示之基的碳原子數(包含取代基的碳原子數。)分別獨立,通常為2~100。In the above formula (II-1) to formula (II-7), D 1 to D 3 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms (the number of carbon atoms including a substituent) represented by D 1 to D 3 is independently independent, and is usually 2 to 100.

在D1 ~D3 中之芳烴環基的碳原子數以6~30為佳。作為在D1 ~D3 中之碳原子數6~30的芳烴環基,可列舉例如:苯基、萘基等。其中,作為芳烴環基,以苯基為較佳。The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group in D 1 to D 3 preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms in D 1 to D 3 include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. Among them, as the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, a phenyl group is preferred.

作為在D1 ~D3 中之芳烴環基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如:氟原子、氯原子等鹵素原子;氰基;甲基、乙基、丙基等碳原子數1~6的烷基;乙烯基、烯丙基等碳原子數2~6的烯基;三氟甲基等碳原子數1~6的鹵化烷基;二甲基胺基等碳原子數1~12的N,N-二烷基胺基;甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基等碳原子數1~6的烷氧基;硝基;-OCF3 ;-C(=O)-Rb ;-O-C(=O)-Rb ;-C(=O)-O-Rb ;-SO2 Ra ;等。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。Examples of the substituent of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group in D 1 to D 3 include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom; a cyano group; and a carbon number of 1 to 6 such as a methyl group, an ethyl group or a propyl group; An alkyl group; an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms such as a vinyl group or an allyl group; a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a trifluoromethyl group; and a N having 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as a dimethylamino group; , N-dialkylamino group; alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as methoxy group, ethoxy group, isopropoxy group; nitro group; -OCF 3 ; -C(=O)-R b ; -O-C(=O)-R b ; -C(=O)-O-R b ;-SO 2 R a ; The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

Ra 表示選自由:碳原子數1~6的烷基;以及亦可具有碳原子數1~6的烷基或碳原子數1~6的烷氧基作為取代基之碳原子數6~20的芳烴環基;而成之群組之基。R a is selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as a substituent having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Aromatic ring group; the group of the group formed.

Rb 表示選自由:亦可具有取代基之碳原子數1~20的烷基;亦可具有取代基之碳原子數2~20的烯基;亦可具有取代基之碳原子數3~12的環烷基;及亦可具有取代基之碳原子數6~12的芳烴環基;而成之群組之基。R b represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; and 3 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent a cycloalkyl group; and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent;

在Rb 中之碳原子數1~20的烷基之碳原子數,以1~12為佳,以4~10為較佳。作為在Rb 中之碳原子數1~20的烷基,可列舉例如:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、1-甲基戊基、1-乙基戊基、二級丁基、三級丁基、正戊基、異戊基、新戊基、正己基、異己基、正庚基、正辛基、正壬基、正癸基、正十一基、正十二基、正十三基、正十四基、正十五基、正十六基、正十七基、正十八基、正十九基及正二十基等。The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R b is preferably from 1 to 12, more preferably from 4 to 10. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R b include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, and a 1-methylpentyl group. -ethylpentyl, secondary butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-decyl, Zheng eleven, positive twelve base, positive thirteen base, positive fourteen base, positive fifteen base, positive sixteen base, positive seventeen base, positive eighteen base, positive nineteen base and positive twenty base .

作為在Rb 中之碳原子數1~20的烷基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如:氟原子、氯原子等鹵素原子;氰基;二甲基胺基等碳原子數2~12的N,N-二烷基胺基;甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基等碳原子數1~20的烷氧基;甲氧甲氧基、甲氧乙氧基等經碳原子數1~12的烷氧基取代之碳原子數1~12的烷氧基;硝基;苯基、萘基等碳原子數6~20的芳烴環基;三唑基、吡咯基、呋喃基、噻吩基、噻唑基、苯并噻唑-2-基硫基等碳原子數2~20的芳雜環基;環丙基、環戊基、環己基等碳原子數3~8的環烷基;環戊氧基、環己氧基等碳原子數3~8的環烷氧基;四氫呋喃基、四氫哌喃基、二氧𠷬基、二氧𠮿基等碳原子數2~12的環狀醚基;苯氧基、萘氧基等碳原子數6~14的芳氧基;三氟甲基、五氟乙基、-CH2 CF3 等1個以上之氫原子經氟原子取代之碳原子數1~12的氟烷基;苯并呋喃基;苯并哌喃基;苯并二氧呃基;及苯并二氧𠮿基;等。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。Examples of the substituent having an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R b include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom; a cyano group; and a dimethyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms; N,N-dialkylamino group; alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as methoxy group, ethoxy group, isopropoxy group or butoxy group; methoxymethoxy group, methoxyethoxy group, etc. An alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms substituted by an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; a nitro group; an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group; a triazolyl group and a pyrrolyl group; a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms such as a furyl group, a thienyl group, a thiazolyl group, a benzothiazol-2-ylthio group; a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms; a cycloalkyl group; a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as a cyclopentyloxy group or a cyclohexyloxy group; a carbon atom number of 2 to 4 such as a tetrahydrofuranyl group, a tetrahydrohydropyranyl group, a dioxanyl group or a dioxanyl group; a cyclic ether group of 12; an aryloxy group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms such as a phenoxy group or a naphthyloxy group; and 1 or more hydrogen atoms such as a trifluoromethyl group, a pentafluoroethyl group, and a -CH 2 CF 3 Atomic substituted fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; benzo Tetrahydrothiopyranyl; benzopyran-yl; benzodioxin uh-yl; and benzodioxin 𠮿 group; and the like. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

在Rb 中之碳原子數2~20的烯基之碳原子數以2~12為佳。作為在Rb 中之碳原子數2~20的烯基,可列舉例如:乙烯基、丙烯基、異丙烯基、丁烯基、異丁烯基、戊烯基、己烯基、庚烯基、辛烯基、癸烯基、十一烯基、十二烯基、十三烯基、十四烯基、十五烯基、十六烯基、十七烯基、十八烯基、十九烯基及二十烯基等。The number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms in R b is preferably 2 to 12. Examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms in R b include a vinyl group, a propenyl group, an isopropenyl group, a butenyl group, an isobutenyl group, a pentenyl group, a hexenyl group, a heptenyl group, and a octyl group. Alkenyl, nonenyl, undecenyl, dodecenyl, tridecenyl, tetradecenyl, pentadecyl, hexadecenyl, heptadecenyl, octadecyl, pentadecenyl Base and behenyl group.

作為在Rb 中之碳原子數2~20的烯基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如與在Rb 中之碳原子數1~20的烷基得具有之取代基相同之例。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。As the number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl R b in the group have 2 to 20 having the substituent group include an alkyl group with the number of carbon atoms in R b in the 1 to 20 to have the same substituent group of embodiments. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

作為在Rb 中之碳原子數3~12的環烷基,可列舉例如:環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基及環辛基等。其中,作為環烷基,以環戊基及環己基為佳。Examples of the cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms in R b include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Among them, as the cycloalkyl group, a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group are preferred.

作為在Rb 中之碳原子數3~12的環烷基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如:氟原子、氯原子等鹵素原子;氰基;二甲基胺基等碳原子數2~12的N,N-二烷基胺基;甲基、乙基、丙基等碳原子數1~6的烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基等碳原子數1~6的烷氧基;硝基;及苯基、萘基等碳原子數6~20的芳烴環基;等。其中,作為環烷基的取代基,以氟原子、氯原子等鹵素原子;氰基;甲基、乙基、丙基等碳原子數1~6的烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基等碳原子數1~6的烷氧基;硝基;及苯基、萘基等碳原子數6~20的芳烴環基為佳。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。Examples of the substituent having a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms in R b include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom; a cyano group; and a dimethyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms; An N,N-dialkylamino group; an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group or a propyl group; and a carbon number of 1 to 6 such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or an isopropoxy group; An alkoxy group; a nitro group; and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group and a naphthyl group; In the above, the substituent of the cycloalkyl group is a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom; a cyano group; an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group or a propyl group; a methoxy group and an ethoxy group; An alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as an isopropoxy group; a nitro group; and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group and a naphthyl group are preferred. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

作為在Rb 中之碳原子數6~12的芳烴環基,可列舉例如:苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基等。其中,作為芳烴環基,以苯基為佳。Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms in R b include a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, and a 2-naphthyl group. Among them, as the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, a phenyl group is preferred.

作為在Rb 中之碳原子數6~12的芳烴環基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如:氟原子、氯原子等鹵素原子;氰基;二甲基胺基等碳原子數2~12的N,N-二烷基胺基;甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基等碳原子數1~20的烷氧基;甲氧甲氧基、甲氧乙氧基等經碳原子數1~12的烷氧基取代之碳原子數1~12的烷氧基;硝基;三唑基、吡咯基、呋喃基、噻吩基等碳原子數2~20的芳雜環基;環丙基、環戊基、環己基等碳原子數3~8的環烷基;環戊氧基、環己氧基等碳原子數3~8的環烷氧基;四氫呋喃基、四氫哌喃基、二氧𠷬基、二氧𠮿基等碳原子數2~12的環狀醚基;苯氧基、萘氧基等碳原子數6~14的芳氧基;三氟甲基、五氟乙基、-CH2 CF3 等1個以上之氫原子經氟原子取代之碳原子數1~12的氟烷基;-OCF3 ;苯并呋喃基;苯并哌喃基;苯并二氧呃基;苯并二氧𠮿基;等。其中,作為芳烴環基的取代基,以氟原子、氯原子等鹵素原子;氰基;甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基等碳原子數1~20的烷氧基;硝基;呋喃基、噻吩基等碳原子數2~20的芳雜環基;環丙基、環戊基、環己基等碳原子數3~8的環烷基;三氟甲基、五氟乙基、-CH2 CF3 等1個以上之氫原子經氟原子取代之碳原子數1~12的氟烷基;-OCF3 為佳。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。Examples of the substituent of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms in R b include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom; a cyano group; and a dimethyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms; N,N-dialkylamino group; alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as methoxy group, ethoxy group, isopropoxy group or butoxy group; methoxymethoxy group, methoxyethoxy group An alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which is substituted by an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; a nitro group; a triazole group, a pyrrolyl group, a furyl group, a thienyl group and the like having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; a cycloalkyl group; a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group; a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as a cyclopentyloxy group or a cyclohexyloxy group; a tetrahydrofuranyl group; a cyclic ether group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms such as a tetrahydropyranyl group, a dioxinyl group or a dioxanyl group; an aryloxy group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms such as a phenoxy group or a naphthyloxy group; a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms substituted with one or more hydrogen atoms such as a pentafluoroethyl group or a -CH 2 CF 3 group; -OCF 3 ; benzofuranyl group; benzopyranyl group; Benzodioxanyl; benzodioxanyl; etc. In the above, the substituent of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom; a cyano group; an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group or a butoxy group. ; a nitro group; an aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms such as a furyl group or a thienyl group; a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group; a trifluoromethyl group; A fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms in which one or more hydrogen atoms such as fluoroethyl or -CH 2 CF 3 are substituted with a fluorine atom; -OCF 3 is preferred. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

在D1 ~D3 中之芳雜環基的碳原子數以2~30為佳。作為在D1 ~D3 中之碳原子數2~30的芳雜環基,可列舉例如:1-苯并呋喃基、2-苯并呋喃基、咪唑基、吲哚啉基、呋呫基、㗁唑基、喹啉基、噻二唑基、噻唑基、噻唑并吡𠯤基、噻唑并吡啶基、噻唑并嗒𠯤基、噻唑并嘧啶基、噻吩基、三𠯤基、三唑基、㖠啶基、吡𠯤基、吡唑基、哌喃基、吡啶基、嗒𠯤基、嘧啶基、吡咯基、呔𠯤基、呋喃基、苯[c]噻吩基、苯[b]噻吩基、苯并異㗁唑基、苯并異噻唑基、苯并咪唑基、苯并㗁二唑基、苯并㗁唑基、苯并噻二唑基、苯并噻唑基、苯并三𠯤基、苯并三唑基及苯并吡唑基等。其中,作為芳雜環基,以呋喃基、哌喃基、噻吩基、㗁唑基、呋呫基、噻唑基及噻二唑基等單環的芳雜環基;以及苯并噻唑基、苯并㗁唑基、喹啉基、1-苯并呋喃基、2-苯并呋喃基、酞醯亞胺基、苯[c]噻吩基、苯[b]噻吩基、噻唑并吡啶基、噻唑并吡𠯤基、苯并異㗁唑基、苯并㗁二唑基及苯并噻二唑基等稠環的芳雜環基為較佳。The aromatic heterocyclic group in D 1 to D 3 preferably has 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in D 1 to D 3 include a 1-benzofuranyl group, a 2-benzofuranyl group, an imidazolyl group, a porphyrin group, and a furazyl group. , carbazolyl, quinolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thiazolopyridinyl, thiazolopyridyl, thiazolofluorenyl, thiazolopyrimidinyl, thienyl, tridecyl, triazolyl, Acridinyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, piperidyl, pyridyl, indolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, furyl, benzene[c]thienyl, benzene[b]thienyl, Benzoisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzotrienyl, benzene And triazolyl and benzopyrazolyl and the like. Wherein, as the aromatic heterocyclic group, a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group such as a furyl group, a piperidyl group, a thienyl group, a carbazolyl group, a furyl group, a thiazolyl group or a thiadiazolyl group; and a benzothiazolyl group and a benzene group; And oxazolyl, quinolyl, 1-benzofuranyl, 2-benzofuranyl, fluorenylene, benzene [c]thienyl, benzene [b]thienyl, thiazolopyridyl, thiazole A fused heterocyclic heterocyclic group such as pyridyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl or benzothiadiazolyl is preferred.

作為在D1 ~D3 中之芳雜環基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如與在D1 ~D3 中之芳烴環基得具有之取代基相同之例。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。As the aromatic heterocyclic ring in D 1 ~ D 3 in the group to have the substituent group include the same groups as in the embodiment of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group to have the substituent D 1 ~ D 3. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

在前述式(II-1)~式(II-7)中,D4 ~D5 分別獨立,表示亦可具有取代基的非環狀基。D4 及D5 亦可結伴形成環。D4 ~D5 所表示之基的碳原子數(包含取代基的碳原子數。)分別獨立,通常為1~100。In the above formula (II-1) to formula (II-7), D 4 to D 5 each independently represent an acyclic group which may have a substituent. D 4 and D 5 may also form a ring. The number of carbon atoms (the number of carbon atoms including a substituent) represented by D 4 to D 5 is independently independent, and is usually from 1 to 100.

在D4 ~D5 中之非環狀基的碳原子數以1~13為佳。作為在D4 ~D5 中的非環狀基,可列舉例如:碳原子數1~6的烷基;氰基;羧基;碳原子數1~6的氟烷基;碳原子數1~6的烷氧基;-C(=O)-CH3 ;-C(=O)NHPh;-C(=O)-ORx 。其中,作為非環狀基,以氰基、羧基、-C(=O)-CH3 、-C(=O)NHPh、-C(=O)-OC2 H5 、-C(=O)-OC4 H9 、-C(=O)-OCH(CH3 )2 、-C(=O)-OCH2 CH2 CH(CH3 )-OCH3 、-C(=O)-OCH2 CH2 C(CH3 )2 -OH及-C(=O)-OCH2 CH(CH2 CH3 )-C4 H9 為佳。前述Ph表示苯基。並且,前述Rx 表示碳原子數1~12的有機基。作為Rx 的具體例,可列舉:碳原子數1~12的烷氧基或亦可經羥基取代之碳原子數1~12的烷基。The acyclic group in D 4 to D 5 preferably has 1 to 13 carbon atoms. Examples of the acyclic group in D 4 to D 5 include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; a cyano group; a carboxyl group; a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; and 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Alkoxy; -C(=O)-CH 3 ; -C(=O)NHPh; -C(=O)-OR x . Wherein, as a non-cyclic group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, -C(=O)-CH 3 , -C(=O)NHPh, -C(=O)-OC 2 H 5 , -C(=O) -OC 4 H 9 , -C(=O)-OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , -C(=O)-OCH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 )-OCH 3 , -C(=O)-OCH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 -OH and -C(=O)-OCH 2 CH(CH 2 CH 3 )-C 4 H 9 are preferred. The aforementioned Ph represents a phenyl group. Further, the above R x represents an organic group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of R x include an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group.

作為在D4 ~D5 中之非環狀基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如與在D1 ~D3 中之芳烴環基得具有之取代基相同之例。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。Examples of the substituent which the acyclic group in D 4 to D 5 has may be the same as the substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group in D 1 to D 3 has. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

在D4 及D5 結伴形成環的情況下,會因前述D4 及D5 而形成包含環的有機基。作為此有機基,可列舉例如由下述式所示之基。在下述式中,*表示各有機基中,D4 及D5 所鍵結之碳的位置。When D 4 and D 5 are combined to form a ring, an organic group containing a ring is formed by the above D 4 and D 5 . The organic group may, for example, be a group represented by the following formula. In the following formula, * represents the position of the carbon bonded to D 4 and D 5 in each organic group.

『化3』
『化3』

R 表示碳原子數1~3的烷基。R * represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

R** 表示選自由碳原子數1~3的烷基及亦可具有取代基的苯基而成之群組之基。R ** represents a group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and a phenyl group which may have a substituent.

R*** 表示選自由碳原子數1~3的烷基及亦可具有取代基的苯基而成之群組之基。R *** represents a group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and a phenyl group which may have a substituent.

R**** 表示選自由氫原子、碳原子數1~3的烷基、羥基及-COOR13 而成之群組之基。R13 表示碳原子數1~3的烷基。R **** represents a group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, and -COOR 13 . R 13 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

作為苯基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如:鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、羥基、羧基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯氧基、氰基及胺基。其中,作為取代基,以鹵素原子、烷基、氰基及烷氧基為佳。苯基所具有之取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。Examples of the substituent which the phenyl group has include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a decyloxy group, a cyano group and an amine group. . Among them, as the substituent, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, and an alkoxy group are preferred. The number of substituents which the phenyl group may have may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

在前述式(II-1)~式(II-7)中,D6 表示選自由-C(Rf )=N-N(Rg )Rh 、-C(Rf )=N-N=C(Rg )Rh 及-C(Rf )=N-N=Ri 而成之群組之基。D6 所表示之基的碳原子數(包含取代基的碳原子數。)通常為3~100。In the above formula (II-1) to formula (II-7), D 6 represents a group selected from -C(R f )=N-N(R g )R h , -C(R f )=N-N= The basis of the group of C(R g )R h and -C(R f )=N-N=R i . The number of carbon atoms (the number of carbon atoms including a substituent) represented by D 6 is usually from 3 to 100.

Rf 表示選自由:氫原子;以及甲基、乙基、丙基及異丙基等碳原子數1~6的烷基;而成之群組之基。R f represents a group selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and an isopropyl group;

Rg 表示選自由:氫原子;以及,亦可具有取代基之碳原子數1~30的有機基;而成之群組之基。R g represents a group selected from the group consisting of: a hydrogen atom; and an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent;

作為在Rg 中之亦可具有取代基之碳原子數1~30的有機基,可列舉例如:亦可具有取代基之碳原子數1~20的烷基;碳原子數1~20的烷基所包含之至少一個-CH2 -經-O-、-S-、-O-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-或-C(=O)-取代之基(惟排除2個以上-O-或-S-分別鄰接而中介的情況);亦可具有取代基之碳原子數2~20的烯基;亦可具有取代基之碳原子數2~20的炔基;亦可具有取代基之碳原子數3~12的環烷基;亦可具有取代基之碳原子數6~30的芳烴環基;亦可具有取代基之碳原子數2~30的芳雜環基;-SO2 Ra ;-C(=O)-Rb ;-CS-NH-Rb 。Ra 及Rb 的意義係如同上述。Examples of the organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent in R g include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. a group comprising at least one -CH 2 -substituted by -O-, -S-, -O-C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O- or -C(=O)- ( However, it is excluded that two or more -O- or -S- are respectively adjacent and intervened); an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; and an alkyne having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; or a aryl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent Heterocyclic group; -SO 2 R a ; -C(=O)-R b ; -CS-NH-R b . The meanings of R a and R b are as described above.

在Rg 中之碳原子數1~20的烷基之良佳碳原子數的範圍及示例物,與在Rb 中之碳原子數1~20的烷基相同。The range and example of the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R g are the same as those of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R b .

作為在Rg 中之碳原子數1~20的烷基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如:氟原子、氯原子等鹵素原子;氰基;二甲基胺基等碳原子數2~12的N,N-二烷基胺基;甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基等碳原子數1~20的烷氧基;甲氧甲氧基、甲氧乙氧基等經碳原子數1~12的烷氧基取代之碳原子數1~12的烷氧基;硝基;苯基、萘基等碳原子數6~20的芳烴環基;三唑基、吡咯基、呋喃基、噻吩基等碳原子數2~20的芳雜環基;環丙基、環戊基、環己基等碳原子數3~8的環烷基;環戊氧基、環己氧基等碳原子數3~8的環烷氧基;四氫呋喃基、四氫哌喃基、二氧𠷬基、二氧𠮿基等碳原子數2~12的環狀醚基;苯氧基、萘氧基等碳原子數6~14的芳氧基;1個以上之氫原子經氟原子取代之碳原子數1~12的氟烷基;苯并呋喃基;苯并哌喃基;苯并二氧呃基;苯并二氧𠮿基;-SO2 Ra ;-SRb ;經-SRb 取代之碳原子數1~12的烷氧基;羥基;等。Ra 及Rb 的意義係如同上述。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。Examples of the substituent having an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R g include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom; a cyano group; and a dimethyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms; N,N-dialkylamino group; alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as methoxy group, ethoxy group, isopropoxy group or butoxy group; methoxymethoxy group, methoxyethoxy group, etc. An alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms substituted by an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; a nitro group; an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group; a triazolyl group and a pyrrolyl group; a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms such as a furyl group or a thienyl group; a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group; a cyclopentyloxy group and a cyclohexyloxy group; a cycloalkyloxy group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms; a cyclic ether group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms such as a tetrahydrofuranyl group, a tetrahydrohydropyranyl group, a dioxinyl group or a dioxinyl group; a phenoxy group; An aryloxy group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms; a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms substituted by one or more hydrogen atoms via a fluorine atom; a benzofuranyl group; a benzopyranyl group; a benzodioxane group uh-yl; benzodioxin 𠮿 group; -SO 2 R a -SR b; carbon atoms, substituted by the -SR b group having 1 to 12 alkoxy; hydroxy; and the like. The meanings of R a and R b are as described above. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

在Rg 中之碳原子數2~20的烯基之良佳碳原子數的範圍及示例物,與在Rb 中之碳原子數2~20的烯基相同。The range and examples of the number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms in R g are the same as those of the alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms in R b .

作為在Rg 中之碳原子數2~20的烯基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如與在Rg 中之碳原子數1~20的烷基得具有之取代基相同之例。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。As the number of the alkenyl carbon atoms and R g groups have 2 to 20 having the substituent group include the same group of embodiments and to have numbers of the alkyl R g of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

作為在Rg 中之碳原子數2~20的炔基,可列舉例如:乙炔基、丙炔基、2-丙炔基(炔丙基)、丁炔基、2-丁炔基、3-丁炔基、戊炔基、2-戊炔基、己炔基、5-己炔基、庚炔基、辛炔基、2-辛炔基、壬炔基、癸炔基、7-癸炔基等。Examples of the alkynyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms in R g include an ethynyl group, a propynyl group, a 2-propynyl group (propargyl group), a butynyl group, a 2-butynyl group, and 3 Butynyl, pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, hexynyl, 5-hexynyl, heptynyl, octynyl, 2-octynyl, decynyl, decynyl, 7-decyne Base.

作為在Rg 中之碳原子數2~20的炔基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如與在Rg 中之碳原子數1~20的烷基得具有之取代基相同之例。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。As the group to have the substituent R g alkynyl numbers of 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include the same group of embodiments and to have numbers of the alkyl R g of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

作為在Rg 中之碳原子數3~12的環烷基,可列舉例如與在Rb 中之碳原子數3~12的環烷基相同之例。The cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms in R g may, for example, be the same as the cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms in R b .

作為在Rg 中之碳原子數3~12的環烷基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如與在Rg 中之碳原子數1~20的烷基得具有之取代基相同之例。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。As the alkyl group to have the substituent group in the ring of numbers R g 3 to 12 carbon atoms include, for example, the same group of embodiments and to have numbers of the alkyl R g of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

作為在Rg 中之碳原子數6~30的芳烴環基,可列舉例如與在D1 ~D3 中之碳原子數6~30的芳烴環基相同之例。The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms in R g may, for example, be the same as the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms in D 1 to D 3 .

作為在Rg 中之碳原子數6~30的芳烴環基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如與在D1 ~D3 中之芳烴環基得具有之取代基相同之例。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。Examples of the substituent of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms in R g include the same substituents as those of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group in D 1 to D 3 . The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

作為在Rg 中之碳原子數2~30的芳雜環基,可列舉例如與在D1 ~D3 中之碳原子數2~30的芳雜環基相同之例。The aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in R g may, for example, be the same as the aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in D 1 to D 3 .

作為在Rg 中之碳原子數2~30的芳雜環基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如與在D1 ~D3 中之芳烴環基得具有之取代基相同之例。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。Examples of the substituent which the aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in R g has may be the same as the substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group in D 1 to D 3 has. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

在上述者中,作為Rg ,以亦可具有取代基之碳原子數1~20的烷基;碳原子數1~20的烷基所包含之至少一個-CH2 -經-O-、-S-、-O-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-或-C(=O)-取代之基(惟排除2個以上-O-或-S-分別鄰接而中介的情況);亦可具有取代基之碳原子數3~12的環烷基;亦可具有取代基之碳原子數6~30的芳烴環基;以及,亦可具有取代基之碳原子數2~30的芳雜環基為佳。其中,作為Rg ,以亦可具有取代基之碳原子數1~20的烷基;以及,碳原子數1~20的烷基所包含之至少一個-CH2 -經-O-、-S-、-O-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-或-C(=O)-取代之基(惟排除2個以上-O-或-S-分別鄰接而中介的情況)為尤佳。In the above, R g is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; at least one -CH 2 -O-, - is contained in an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. S-, -O-C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O- or -C(=O)-substituted groups (except for excluding two or more -O- or -S-, respectively a case of a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; and a carbon atom number which may have a substituent An aromatic heterocyclic group of ~30 is preferred. Wherein, R g is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; and at least one -CH 2 -O-, -S contained in an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms -, -O-C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O- or -C(=O)-substituted groups (except for excluding two or more -O- or -S-, respectively Situation) is especially good.

Rh 表示具有選自由碳原子數6~30的芳烴環及碳原子數2~30的芳雜環而成之群組之1個以上之芳環的有機基。R h represents an organic group having one or more aromatic rings selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and an aromatic hetero ring having 2 to 30 carbon atoms.

作為Rh 之佳例,可列舉:(1)具有1個以上之碳原子數6~30的芳烴環之碳原子數6~40的環烴基。以下將此具有芳烴環的環烴基適時稱作「(1)環烴基」。作為(1)環烴基之具體例,可列舉下述基。As a preferable example of R h , (1) a cyclic hydrocarbon group having 6 or 40 carbon atoms having one or more aromatic hydrocarbon rings having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. Hereinafter, the cyclic hydrocarbon group having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring will be referred to as "(1) cyclic hydrocarbon group" as appropriate. Specific examples of the (1) cycloalkyl group include the following groups.

『化4』
『化4』

(1)環烴基亦可具有取代基。作為(1)環烴基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如:氟原子、氯原子等鹵素原子;氰基;甲基、乙基、丙基等碳原子數1~6的烷基;乙烯基、烯丙基等碳原子數2~6的烯基;三氟甲基等碳原子數1~6的鹵化烷基;二甲基胺基等碳原子數2~12的N,N-二烷基胺基;甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基等碳原子數1~6的烷氧基;硝基;苯基、萘基等碳原子數6~20的芳烴環基;-OCF3 ;-C(=O)-Rb ;-O-C(=O)-Rb ;-C(=O)-O-Rb ;-SO2 Ra ;等。Ra 及Rb 之意義係如同上述。此等之中,以鹵素原子、氰基、碳原子數1~6的烷基及碳原子數1~6的烷氧基為佳。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。(1) The cyclic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent of the (1) cycloalkyl group include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom; a cyano group; an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group or a propyl group; and a vinyl group; An alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms such as an allyl group; a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a trifluoromethyl group; and an N,N-dialkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms such as a dimethylamino group; Amino group; alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as methoxy group, ethoxy group or isopropoxy group; nitro group; aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms such as phenyl group and naphthyl group; -OCF 3 ;-C(=O)-R b ; -O-C(=O)-R b ; -C(=O)-O-R b ;-SO 2 R a ; The meanings of R a and R b are as described above. Among these, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms are preferred. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

作為Rh 之另一佳例,可列舉:(2)具有選自由碳原子數6~30的芳烴環及碳原子數2~30的芳雜環而成之群組之1個以上之芳環之碳原子數2~40的雜環基。以下將此具有芳環的雜環基適時稱作「(2)雜環基」。作為(2)雜環基之具體例,可列舉下述基。R分別獨立表示氫原子或碳原子數1~6的烷基。 Further , as another preferable example of Rh , (2) one or more aromatic rings having a group selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and an aromatic heterocyclic ring having 2 to 30 carbon atoms A heterocyclic group having 2 to 40 carbon atoms. Hereinafter, the heterocyclic group having an aromatic ring is referred to as "(2) heterocyclic group" as appropriate. Specific examples of the (2) heterocyclic group include the following groups. R independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

『化5』
『化5』

『化6』
『化6』

『化7』
『化7』

『化8』
『化8』

『化9』
『化9』

『化10』
『化10』

『化11』
『化11』

『化12』
『化12』

(2)雜環基亦可具有取代基。作為(2)雜環基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如與(1)環烴基得具有之取代基相同之例。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。(2) The heterocyclic group may have a substituent. The substituent which the (2) heterocyclic group has may be, for example, the same as the substituent which the (1) cyclic hydrocarbon group has. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

作為Rh 之又另一佳例,可列舉:(3)經選自由碳原子數6~30的芳烴環基及碳原子數2~30的芳雜環基而成之群組之1個以上之基取代之碳原子數1~12的烷基。以下將此經取代之烷基適時稱作「(3)取代烷基」。As another good example of R h , (3) one or more selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms; The alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is substituted by a group. Hereinafter, this substituted alkyl group is referred to as "(3) substituted alkyl group" as appropriate.

作為在(3)取代烷基中之「碳原子數1~12的烷基」,可列舉例如:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基等。The "alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms" in the (3)-substituted alkyl group may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or an isopropyl group.

作為在(3)取代烷基中之「碳原子數6~30的芳烴環基」,可列舉例如與在D1 ~D3 中之碳原子數6~30的芳烴環基相同之例。The "aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms" in the (3)-substituted alkyl group is, for example, the same as the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms in D 1 to D 3 .

作為在(3)取代烷基中之「碳原子數2~30的芳雜環基」,可列舉例如與在D1 ~D3 中之碳原子數2~30的芳雜環基相同之例。Examples of the "aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms" in the (3)-substituted alkyl group include the same examples as the aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in D 1 to D 3 . .

(3)取代烷基亦可更具有取代基。作為(3)取代烷基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如與(1)環烴基得具有之取代基相同之例。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。(3) The substituted alkyl group may further have a substituent. The substituent which the (3) substituted alkyl group has may be, for example, the same as the substituent which the (1) cyclic hydrocarbon group has. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

作為Rh 之又另一佳例,可列舉:(4)經選自由碳原子數6~30的芳烴環基及碳原子數2~30的芳雜環基而成之群組之1個以上之基取代之碳原子數2~12的烯基。以下將此經取代之烯基適時稱作「(4)取代烯基」。Further, as another preferable example of R h , (4) one or more selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms; An alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms substituted by a group. Hereinafter, this substituted alkenyl group is referred to as "(4) substituted alkenyl group" as appropriate.

作為在(4)取代烯基中之「碳原子數2~12的烯基」,可列舉例如:乙烯基、烯丙基等。The "alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms" in the (4)-substituted alkenyl group may, for example, be a vinyl group or an allyl group.

作為在(4)取代烯基中之「碳原子數6~30的芳烴環基」,可列舉例如與在D1 ~D3 中之碳原子數6~30的芳烴環基相同之例。The "aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms" in the (4)-substituted alkenyl group is, for example, the same as the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms in D 1 to D 3 .

作為在(4)取代烯基中之「碳原子數2~30的芳雜環基」,可列舉例如與在D1 ~D3 中之碳原子數2~30的芳雜環基相同之例。Examples of the "aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms" in the (4)-substituted alkenyl group include the same examples as the aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in D 1 to D 3 . .

(4)取代烯基亦可更具有取代基。作為(4)取代烯基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如與(1)環烴基得具有之取代基相同之例。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。(4) The substituted alkenyl group may further have a substituent. The substituent which the (4) substituted alkenyl group has may be, for example, the same as the substituent which the (1) cyclic hydrocarbon group has. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

作為Rh 之又另一佳例,可列舉:(5)經選自由碳原子數6~30的芳烴環基及碳原子數2~30的芳雜環基而成之群組之1個以上之基取代之碳原子數2~12的炔基。以下將此經取代之炔基適時稱作「(5)取代炔基」。As another good example of R h , (5) one or more selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms; The alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms is substituted by a group. Hereinafter, this substituted alkynyl group is referred to as "(5) substituted alkynyl group" as appropriate.

作為在(5)取代炔基中之「碳原子數2~12的炔基」,可列舉例如:乙炔基、丙炔基等。Examples of the "alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms" in the (5)-substituted alkynyl group include an ethynyl group and a propynyl group.

作為在(5)取代炔基中之「碳原子數6~30的芳烴環基」,可列舉例如與在D1 ~D3 中之碳原子數6~30的芳烴環基相同之例。The "aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms" in the (5)-substituted alkynyl group is, for example, the same as the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms in D 1 to D 3 .

作為在(5)取代炔基中之「碳原子數2~30的芳雜環基」,可列舉例如與在D1 ~D3 中之碳原子數2~30的芳雜環基相同之例。Examples of the "aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms" in the (5)-substituted alkynyl group include the same examples as the aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms in D 1 to D 3 . .

(5)取代炔基亦可更具有取代基。作為(5)取代炔基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如與(1)環烴基得具有之取代基相同之例。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。(5) The substituted alkynyl group may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent which the (5) substituted alkynyl group has may be the same as the substituent which the (1) cyclic hydrocarbon group has. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

作為Rh 之良佳具體例,可列舉下述基。Specific examples of the preferable examples of Rh include the following groups.

『化13』
『化13』

作為Rh 之更佳具體例,可列舉下述基。More preferable specific examples of R h include the following groups.

『化14』
『化14』

作為Rh 之尤佳具體例,可列舉下述基。Specific examples of the preferable examples of R h include the following groups.

『化15』
『化15』

上述Rh 之具體例,亦可更具有取代基。作為此取代基,可列舉例如:氟原子、氯原子等鹵素原子;氰基;甲基、乙基、丙基等碳原子數1~6的烷基;乙烯基、烯丙基等碳原子數2~6的烯基;三氟甲基等碳原子數1~6的鹵化烷基;二甲基胺基等碳原子數2~12的N,N-二烷基胺基;甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基等碳原子數1~6的烷氧基;硝基;-OCF3 ;-C(=O)-Rb ;-O-C(=O)-Rb ;-C(=O)-O-Rb ;-SO2 Ra ;等。Ra 及Rb 的意義係如同上述。此等之中,以鹵素原子、氰基、碳原子數1~6的烷基及碳原子數1~6的烷氧基為佳。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。Specific examples of the above R h may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom; a cyano group; an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group or a propyl group; and a carbon number such as a vinyl group or an allyl group. An alkenyl group of 2 to 6; a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a trifluoromethyl group; an N,N-dialkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms such as a dimethylamino group; and a methoxy group; Alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as ethoxy group or isopropoxy group; nitro group; -OCF 3 ; -C(=O)-R b ; -O-C(=O)-R b ;- C(=O)-O-R b ; -SO 2 R a ; The meanings of R a and R b are as described above. Among these, a halogen atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms are preferred. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

Ri 表示具有選自由碳原子數6~30的芳烴環及碳原子數2~30的芳雜環而成之群組之1個以上之芳環的有機基。R i represents an organic group having one or more aromatic rings selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and an aromatic hetero ring having 2 to 30 carbon atoms.

作為Ri 之佳例,可列舉:具有1個以上之碳原子數6~30的芳烴環之碳原子數6~40的環烴基。As a preferable example of R i , a cyclic hydrocarbon group having 6 or 40 carbon atoms having one or more aromatic hydrocarbon rings having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is exemplified.

並且,作為Ri 之另一佳例,可列舉:具有選自由碳原子數6~30的芳烴環及碳原子數2~30的芳雜環而成之群組之1個以上之芳環之碳原子數2~40的雜環基。Further, as another preferable example of R i , one or more aromatic rings selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms and an aromatic hetero ring having 2 to 30 carbon atoms are used. A heterocyclic group having 2 to 40 carbon atoms.

作為Ri 之尤佳具體例,可列舉下述基。R的意義係如同上述。Specific examples of preferred examples of R i include the following groups. The meaning of R is as above.

『化16』
『化16』

由式(II-1)~式(II-7)之任一者所示之基,除了D1 ~D6 以外亦可更具有取代基。作為此取代基,可列舉例如:鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、碳原子數1~6的烷基、碳原子數1~6的鹵化烷基、碳原子數1~6的N-烷基胺基、碳原子數2~12的N,N-二烷基胺基、碳原子數1~6的烷氧基、碳原子數1~6的烷基亞磺醯基、羧基、碳原子數1~6的硫烷基、碳原子數1~6的N-烷基胺磺醯基、碳原子數2~12的N,N-二烷基胺磺醯基。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。The group represented by any one of the formulae (II-1) to (II-7) may further have a substituent other than D 1 to D 6 . Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and an N-alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. An amine group, an N,N-dialkylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, and a carbon number a sulfanyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an N-alkylamine sulfonyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and an N,N-dialkylamine sulfonyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

作為在式(I)中之Ar的佳例,可列舉由下述式(III-1)~式(III-10)所示之基。並且,由式(III-1)~式(III-10)所示之基,亦可具有碳原子數1~6的烷基作為取代基。下述式中,*表示鍵結位置。As a preferable example of Ar in the formula (I), a group represented by the following formula (III-1) to formula (III-10) can be mentioned. Further, the group represented by the formula (III-1) to the formula (III-10) may have an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms as a substituent. In the following formula, * indicates the bonding position.

『化17』
『化17』

作為式(III-1)及式(III-4)之尤佳具體例,可列舉下述基。下述式中,*表示鍵結位置。Specific examples of the formula (III-1) and the formula (III-4) include the following groups. In the following formula, * indicates the bonding position.

『化18』
『化18』

『化19』
『化19』

『化20』
『化20』

『化21』
『化21』

『化22』
『化22』

在式(I)中,Z1 及Z2 分別獨立,表示選自由單鍵、-O-、-O-CH2 -、-CH2 -O-、-O-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -O-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-S-、-S-C(=O)-、-NR21 -C(=O)-、-C(=O)-NR21 -、-CF2 -O-、-O-CF2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CF2 -CF2 -、-O-CH2 -CH2 -O-、-CH=CH-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-CH=CH-、-CH2 -C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-CH2 -、-CH2 -O-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -O-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH=CH-、-N=CH-、-CH=N-、-N=C(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )=N-、-N=N-及-C≡C-而成之群組之任一者。R21 分別獨立,表示氫原子或碳原子數1~6的烷基。In the formula (I), Z 1 and Z 2 are each independently represented by a single bond selected from -O-, -O-CH 2 -, -CH 2 -O-, -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -, - CH 2 -CH 2 -O-, -C(=O)-O-, -O-C(=O)-, -C(=O)-S-, -S-C(=O)-,- NR 21 -C (= O) - , - C (= O) -NR 21 -, - CF 2 -O -, - O-CF 2 -, - CH 2 -CH 2 -, - CF 2 -CF 2 - , -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -O-, -CH=CH-C(=O)-O-, -O-C(=O)-CH=CH-, -CH 2 -C(=O) -O-, -O-C(=O)-CH 2 -, -CH 2 -O-C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 - C(=O)-O-, -O-C(=O)-CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O- CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH=CH-, -N=CH-, -CH=N-, -N=C(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 )=N-, -N=N- And -C≡C- formed by any of the groups. R 21 is independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

在式(I)中,A1 、A2 、B1 及B2 分別獨立,表示選自由亦可具有取代基之脂環基以及亦可具有取代基之芳基而成之群組之基。A1 、A2 、B1 及B2 所表示之基的碳原子數(包含取代基的碳原子數。)分別獨立,通常為3~100。其中,A1 、A2 、B1 及B2 分別獨立,以亦可具有取代基之碳原子數5~20的脂環基或亦可具有取代基之碳原子數2~20的芳基為佳。In the formula (I), A 1 , A 2 , B 1 and B 2 each independently represent a group selected from the group consisting of an alicyclic group which may have a substituent and an aryl group which may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms (the number of carbon atoms including the substituent) of the group represented by A 1 , A 2 , B 1 and B 2 is independently independent, and is usually from 3 to 100. Wherein, A 1 , A 2 , B 1 and B 2 are each independently, and an alicyclic group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is good.

作為在A1 、A2 、B1 及B2 中之脂環基,可列舉例如:環戊烷-1,3-二基、環己烷-1,4-二基、環庚烷-1,4-二基、環辛烷-1,5-二基等碳原子數5~20的環烷二基;十氫萘-1,5-二基、十氫萘-2,6-二基等碳原子數5~20的雙環烷二基;等。其中,以亦可經取代之碳原子數5~20的環烷二基為佳,以環己烷二基為較佳,以環己烷-1,4-二基為尤佳。脂環基可為反式體,亦可為順式體,還可為順式體與反式體的混合物。其中,以反式體為較佳。Examples of the alicyclic group in A 1 , A 2 , B 1 and B 2 include a cyclopentane-1,3-diyl group, a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group, and a cycloheptane-1. a cycloalkanediyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms such as 4-diyl or cyclooctane-1,5-diyl; decalin-1,5-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl And a bicycloalkanediyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms; Among them, a cycloalkanediyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted is preferred, a cyclohexanediyl group is preferred, and a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group is preferred. The alicyclic group may be a trans form, a cis form, or a mixture of a cis form and a trans form. Among them, a trans form is preferred.

作為在A1 、A2 、B1 及B2 中之脂環基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如:鹵素原子、碳原子數1~6的烷基、碳原子數1~5的烷氧基、硝基、氰基等。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。Examples of the substituent which the alicyclic group in A 1 , A 2 , B 1 and B 2 has include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Base, nitro, cyano, and the like. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

作為在A1 、A2 、B1 及B2 中之芳基,可列舉例如:1,2-伸苯基、1,3-伸苯基、1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸萘基、1,5-伸萘基、2,6-伸萘基、4,4’-伸聯苯基等碳原子數6~20的芳烴環基;呋喃-2,5-二基、噻吩-2,5-二基、吡啶-2,5-二基、吡𠯤-2,5-二基等碳原子數2~20的芳雜環基;等。其中,以碳原子數6~20的芳烴環基為佳,以伸苯基為更佳,以1,4-伸苯基為尤佳。Examples of the aryl group in A 1 , A 2 , B 1 and B 2 include a 1,2-phenylene group, a 1,3-phenylene group, a 1,4-phenylene group, and a 1,4- An aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms such as anthranyl group, 1,5-anthranyl group, 2,6-anthranyl group, 4,4'-extended biphenyl group; furan-2,5-diyl group, An aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms such as thiophene-2,5-diyl, pyridine-2,5-diyl or pyridin-2,5-diyl; Among them, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and a phenylene group is more preferred, and a 1,4-phenylene group is preferred.

作為在A1 、A2 、B1 及B2 中之芳基得具有之取代基,可列舉例如與在A1 、A2 、B1 及B2 中之脂環基得具有之取代基相同之例。取代基的數量可為一個,亦可為多個。並且,多個取代基可彼此相同亦可相異。Examples of the substituent which the aryl group in A 1 , A 2 , B 1 and B 2 has may be, for example, the same as the substituent which the alicyclic group in A 1 , A 2 , B 1 and B 2 has. An example. The number of substituents may be one or plural. Also, a plurality of substituents may be the same or different from each other.

在式(I)中,Y1 ~Y4 分別獨立,表示選自由單鍵、-O-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-、-NR22 -C(=O)-、-C(=O)-NR22 -、-O-C(=O)-O-、-NR22 -C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-NR22 -及-NR22 -C(=O)-NR23 -而成之群組之任一者。R22 及R23 分別獨立,表示氫原子或碳原子數1~6的烷基。In the formula (I), Y 1 to Y 4 are each independently, and are selected from a single bond, -O-, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -O-C(=O). )-, -NR 22 -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-NR 22 -, -O-C(=O)-O-, -NR 22 -C(=O)-O-, -O-C(=O)-NR 22 - and -NR 22 -C(=O)-NR 23 - any of the groups. R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

在式(I)中,G1 及G2 分別獨立,表示選自由碳原子數1~20的脂族烴基;以及,碳原子數3~20的脂族烴基所包含之1個以上之亞甲基(-CH2 -)經-O-或-C(=O)-取代之基;而成之群組之有機基。G1 及G2 之前述有機基所包含之氫原子,亦可被碳原子數1~5的烷基、碳原子數1~5的烷氧基或鹵素原子取代。惟G1 及G2 之兩末端的亞甲基(-CH2 -)不被-O-或-C(=O)-取代。In the formula (I), G 1 and G 2 each independently represent an aliphatic hydrocarbon group selected from 1 to 20 carbon atoms; and one or more sub-groups of aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. a group in which the group (-CH 2 -) is substituted with -O- or -C(=O)-; The hydrogen atom contained in the organic group of G 1 and G 2 may be substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogen atom. However, the methylene group (-CH 2 -) at both ends of G 1 and G 2 is not substituted by -O- or -C(=O)-.

作為在G1 及G2 中之碳原子數1~20的脂族烴基之具體例,可列舉碳原子數1~20的伸烷基。Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in G 1 and G 2 include an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

作為在G1 及G2 中之碳原子數3~20的脂族烴基之具體例,可列舉碳原子數3~20的伸烷基。Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms in G 1 and G 2 include an alkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.

在式(I)中,P1 及P2 分別獨立,表示聚合性基。作為在P1 及P2 中之聚合性基,可列舉例如:丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基等由CH2 =CR31 -C(=O)-O-所表示之基;乙烯基;乙烯醚基;對二苯乙烯基;丙烯醯基;甲基丙烯醯基;羧基;甲基羰基;羥基;醯胺基;碳原子數1~4的烷基胺基;胺基;環氧基;氧呾基;醛基;異氰酸酯基;硫異氰酸酯基;等。R31 表示氫原子、甲基或氯原子。其中,以由CH2 =CR31 -C(=O)-O-所表示之基為佳,以CH2 =CH-C(=O)-O-(丙烯醯氧基)、CH2 =C(CH3 )-C(=O)-O-(甲基丙烯醯氧基)為較佳,以丙烯醯氧基為尤佳。In the formula (I), P 1 and P 2 are each independently and represent a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group in P 1 and P 2 include a group represented by CH 2 =CR 31 -C(=O)-O- such as an acryloxy group or a methacryloxy group; ; vinyl ether; p-styryl; propylene fluorenyl; methacryl fluorenyl; carboxy; methylcarbonyl; hydroxy; decylamino; alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Oxyl; oxo group; aldehyde group; isocyanate group; sulfur isocyanate group; R 31 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a chlorine atom. Wherein, the group represented by CH 2 =CR 31 -C(=O)-O- is preferred, and CH 2 =CH-C(=O)-O-(propylene decyloxy), CH 2 =C (CH 3 )-C(=O)-O-(methacryloxy)oxy group is preferred, and propylene fluorenyloxy group is preferred.

在式(I)中,p及q分別獨立,表示0或1。In the formula (I), p and q are each independently and represent 0 or 1.

由式(I)所示之逆色散液晶性化合物,得藉由例如國際專利公開第2012/147904號所記載之肼化合物與羰化合物的反應來製造。The reverse-dispersion liquid crystal compound represented by the formula (I) can be produced, for example, by reacting a ruthenium compound described in International Patent Publication No. 2012/147904 with a carbonyl compound.

液晶組成物亦可包含界面活性劑作為任意成分。尤其,就穩定獲得定向性優異之液晶固化層之觀點而言,作為界面活性劑,以於分子中包含氟原子的界面活性劑為佳。在以下說明中,將於分子中包含氟原子的界面活性劑適時稱作「氟系界面活性劑」。The liquid crystal composition may also contain a surfactant as an optional component. In particular, from the viewpoint of stably obtaining a liquid crystal cured layer excellent in orientation, a surfactant containing a fluorine atom in a molecule is preferable as the surfactant. In the following description, a surfactant containing a fluorine atom in a molecule is referred to as a "fluorine-based surfactant" as appropriate.

界面活性劑以非離子系界面活性劑為佳。在界面活性劑為不含離子性基的非離子系界面活性劑之情況下,可尤其優化液晶固化層的表面狀態及定向性。The surfactant is preferably a nonionic surfactant. In the case where the surfactant is a nonionic surfactant that does not contain an ionic group, the surface state and orientation of the liquid crystal cured layer can be optimized.

界面活性劑可不具聚合性,亦可具有聚合性。具有聚合性的界面活性劑由於可藉由使液晶組成物層固化的工序來聚合,故通常在液晶組成物的固化物中為聚合物之分子的一部分所包含。The surfactant may be polymerizable or polymerizable. Since the polymerizable surfactant is polymerized by the step of curing the liquid crystal composition layer, it is usually included in a part of the polymer molecule in the cured product of the liquid crystal composition.

作為界面活性劑,可列舉例如:AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.製的Surflon系列(S420等)、NEOS公司製的FTERGENT系列(251、FTX-212M、FTX-215M、FTX-209等)、DIC公司製的MEGAFAC系列(F-444、F-562等)等氟系界面活性劑。並且,界面活性劑可單獨使用1種,亦可以任意比率組合2種以上使用。Examples of the surfactant include a Surflon series (S420, etc.) manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd., a FTERGENT series (251, FTX-212M, FTX-215M, FTX-209, etc.) manufactured by NEOS Co., Ltd., and DIC. A fluorine-based surfactant such as MEGAFAC series (F-444, F-562, etc.) manufactured by the company. Further, the surfactant may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

界面活性劑的量,相對於液晶性化合物100重量份,以0.03重量份以上為佳,以0.05重量份以上為較佳,且以0.50重量份以下為佳,以0.30重量份以下為較佳。藉由界面活性劑的量位於前述範圍,可獲得定向性優異之液晶固化層。The amount of the surfactant is preferably 0.03 parts by weight or more, more preferably 0.05 parts by weight or more, more preferably 0.50 parts by weight or less, and preferably 0.30 parts by weight or less based on 100 parts by weight of the liquid crystalline compound. By the amount of the surfactant in the above range, a liquid crystal cured layer excellent in orientation can be obtained.

液晶組成物亦可包含聚合起始劑作為任意成分。聚合起始劑的種類得因應液晶組成物所包含之聚合性之化合物的種類來選擇。舉例而言,若聚合性的化合物為自由基聚合性,即得使用自由基聚合起始劑。並且,若聚合性的化合物為陰離子聚合性,即得使用陰離子聚合起始劑。再來,若聚合性的化合物為陽離子聚合性,即得使用陽離子聚合起始劑。聚合起始劑可單獨使用1種,亦可以任意比率組合2種以上使用。The liquid crystal composition may also contain a polymerization initiator as an optional component. The type of the polymerization initiator is selected depending on the kind of the polymerizable compound contained in the liquid crystal composition. For example, if the polymerizable compound is radically polymerizable, a radical polymerization initiator is used. Further, when the polymerizable compound is anionic polymerizable, an anionic polymerization initiator is used. Further, if the polymerizable compound is cationically polymerizable, a cationic polymerization initiator is used. The polymerization initiator may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

聚合起始劑的量,相對於液晶性化合物100重量份,以0.1重量份以上為佳,以0.5重量份以上為較佳,且以30重量份以下為佳,以10重量份以下為較佳。藉由聚合起始劑的量落於前述範圍,可使聚合有效率進行。The amount of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 part by weight or more, more preferably 0.5 part by weight or more, more preferably 30 parts by weight or less, even more preferably 10 parts by weight or less, based on 100 parts by weight of the liquid crystalline compound. . By the amount of the polymerization initiator falling within the above range, the polymerization can be efficiently carried out.

液晶組成物亦可包含溶劑作為任意成分。作為溶劑,以可溶解液晶性化合物者為佳。作為此種溶劑,通常使用有機溶劑。作為有機溶劑之例,可列舉:環戊酮、環己酮、甲基乙基酮、丙酮、甲基異丁基酮等酮溶劑;乙酸丁酯、乙酸戊酯等乙酸酯溶劑;氯仿、二氯甲烷、二氯乙烷等鹵化烴溶劑;1,4-二氧𠮿、環戊基甲基醚、四氫呋喃、四氫哌喃、1,3-二氧𠷬、1,2-二甲氧基乙烷等醚溶劑;及甲苯、二甲苯、1,3,5-三甲苯等芳烴系溶劑。並且,溶劑可單獨使用1種,亦可以任意比率組合2種以上使用。The liquid crystal composition may also contain a solvent as an optional component. As the solvent, those which can dissolve the liquid crystalline compound are preferred. As such a solvent, an organic solvent is usually used. Examples of the organic solvent include ketone solvents such as cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, and methyl isobutyl ketone; acetate solvents such as butyl acetate and amyl acetate; chloroform, Halogenated hydrocarbon solvent such as dichloromethane or dichloroethane; 1,4-dioxane, cyclopentyl methyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, 1,3-dioxane, 1,2-dimethoxy An ether solvent such as ethane; and an aromatic solvent such as toluene, xylene or 1,3,5-trimethylbenzene. Further, the solvent may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in any ratio.

溶劑的沸點,就操作性優異之觀點而言,以60℃~250℃為佳,以60℃~150℃為較佳。The boiling point of the solvent is preferably from 60 ° C to 250 ° C and from 60 ° C to 150 ° C from the viewpoint of excellent workability.

溶劑的量,相對於液晶性化合物100重量份,以200重量份以上為佳,以250重量份以上為較佳,以300重量份以上為尤佳,且以650重量份以下為佳,以550重量份以下為較佳,以450重量份以下為尤佳。藉由將溶劑的量定於前述範圍的下限值以上可抑制異物產生,且藉由定於前述範圍的上限值以下可降低乾燥負荷。The amount of the solvent is preferably 200 parts by weight or more based on 100 parts by weight of the liquid crystalline compound, more preferably 250 parts by weight or more, more preferably 300 parts by weight or more, and most preferably 650 parts by weight or less, and 550 parts by weight or less. It is preferably in the form of parts by weight or less, more preferably 450 parts by weight or less. By setting the amount of the solvent to be equal to or higher than the lower limit of the above range, generation of foreign matter can be suppressed, and the drying load can be reduced by setting it to be equal to or less than the upper limit of the above range.

作為液晶組成物得包含之其他任意成分,可列舉例如:金屬;金屬錯合物;氧化鈦等金屬氧化物;染料、顏料等著色劑;螢光材料、磷光材料等發光材料;均染劑;觸變劑;膠化劑;多醣類;紫外線吸收劑;紅外線吸收劑;抗氧化劑;離子交換樹脂;等。此等成分的量,相對於液晶性化合物的合計100重量份,各自得定為0.1重量份~20重量份。Examples of other optional components to be contained in the liquid crystal composition include a metal; a metal complex; a metal oxide such as titanium oxide; a coloring agent such as a dye or a pigment; a light-emitting material such as a fluorescent material or a phosphorescent material; and a leveling agent; Thixotropic agent; gelling agent; polysaccharide; ultraviolet absorber; infrared absorber; antioxidant; ion exchange resin; The amount of these components is 0.1 to 20 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the total of the liquid crystalline compounds.

[5.偏光板][5. Polarizer]

藉由使用上述光學各向異性體,可獲得偏光板。此偏光板通常具備光學各向異性體及直線偏光件。偏光板以可發揮作為圓偏光板或橢圓偏光板的功能為佳。此種偏光板藉由設置於有機EL顯示面板,可抑制在有機EL顯示面板之顯示面的正面方向上外界光線的反射。A polarizing plate can be obtained by using the above optical anisotropic body. This polarizing plate is usually provided with an optical anisotropic body and a linear polarizing member. The polarizing plate preferably functions as a circular polarizing plate or an elliptically polarizing plate. By providing such a polarizing plate on the organic EL display panel, it is possible to suppress reflection of external light in the front direction of the display surface of the organic EL display panel.

並且,光學各向異性體的光學各向異性層,由包含具有在特定剖面中相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)傾斜之第一慢軸及第二慢軸的第一區域及第二區域一事可知,不僅在其面內方向,亦可在厚度方向上適度調整雙折射。據此,偏光板不僅在有機EL顯示面板之顯示面的正面方向,亦可在傾斜方向上抑制外界光線的反射。Further, the optically anisotropic layer of the optical anisotropic body is composed of a first region including a first slow axis and a second slow axis which are inclined with respect to the in-plane direction (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer) in a specific cross section. As can be seen from the second region, the birefringence can be appropriately adjusted not only in the in-plane direction but also in the thickness direction. According to this, the polarizing plate can suppress the reflection of external light in the oblique direction not only in the front direction of the display surface of the organic EL display panel.

再者,上述光學各向異性體可抑制包含第一區域及第二區域的光學各向異性層整體之延遲的方向依賴性。據此,偏光板可抑制在傾斜方向上之反射抑制能力的方向依賴性。Further, the optical anisotropic body can suppress the dependence of the retardation of the entire optically anisotropic layer including the first region and the second region. According to this, the polarizing plate can suppress the directional dependence of the reflection suppressing ability in the oblique direction.

因此,根據具備光學各向異性體的偏光板,可實現在寬廣範圍之方位上具有優異之視角的有機EL顯示面板。Therefore, according to the polarizing plate having the optical anisotropic body, an organic EL display panel having an excellent viewing angle in a wide range of orientation can be realized.

作為直線偏光件,可列舉例如:藉由在使碘或二色性染料吸附於聚乙烯醇薄膜之後,於硼酸浴中單軸延伸而獲得的薄膜;藉由使碘或二色性染料吸附於聚乙烯醇薄膜並延伸,再進一步將分子鏈中之一部分聚乙烯醇單元改質為聚伸乙烯單元而獲得的薄膜。並且,作為直線偏光件之其他例,可列舉:柵格偏光件、多層偏光件等具有將偏光分離為反射光與穿透光之功能的偏光件。此等之中,作為直線偏光件,以含有聚乙烯醇的偏光件為佳。The linear polarizer may, for example, be a film obtained by uniaxially stretching in a boric acid bath after adsorbing iodine or a dichroic dye on a polyvinyl alcohol film; by adsorbing iodine or a dichroic dye A film obtained by stretching a polyvinyl alcohol film and further modifying one of the polyvinyl alcohol units in the molecular chain to a polyethylene unit. Further, as another example of the linear polarizer, a polarizer having a function of separating polarized light into reflected light and transmitted light, such as a grid polarizer or a multilayer polarizer, may be mentioned. Among these, as the linear polarizer, a polarizer containing polyvinyl alcohol is preferred.

若使自然光入射至直線偏光件,則僅有單一方向的偏光會穿透。此直線偏光件之偏光度並不特別受限,但以98%以上為佳,以99%以上為較佳。If natural light is incident on the linear polarizer, only polarized light in a single direction will penetrate. The degree of polarization of the linear polarizer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 98% or more, and more preferably 99% or more.

並且,直線偏光件的厚度,以5 μm~80 μm為佳。Further, the thickness of the linear polarizer is preferably 5 μm to 80 μm.

在欲使偏光板作為圓偏光板發揮功能的情況下,自厚度方向看相對於直線偏光件之偏光吸收軸,光學各向異性層之面內慢軸所夾之角度以45°或者接近其之角度為佳。前述角度,具體而言,以45°±5°為佳(亦即40°~50°),以45°±4°為較佳(亦即41°~49°),以45°±3°為尤佳(亦即42°~48°)。In the case where the polarizing plate is to function as a circular polarizing plate, the angle of the in-plane slow axis of the optically anisotropic layer is 45° or close to the polarizing absorption axis of the linear polarizing member as viewed from the thickness direction. The angle is better. The foregoing angle, specifically, is preferably 45°±5° (ie, 40° to 50°), and preferably 45°±4° (ie, 41° to 49°) to 45°±3°. It is especially good (ie 42°~48°).

偏光板除了直線偏光件、光學各向異性體以外,亦可更包含任意層體。作為任意層體,可列舉例如:用以將直線偏光件與光學各向異性體貼合的接合層;用以保護直線偏光件的偏光件保護薄膜層;等。The polarizing plate may further include any layer body in addition to the linear polarizer and the optical anisotropic body. Examples of the arbitrary layer body include a bonding layer for bonding a linear polarizing member and an optical anisotropic body, a polarizing member protective film layer for protecting the linear polarizing member, and the like.

[6.有機EL顯示面板][6. Organic EL display panel]

上述偏光板亦可設置於有機EL顯示面板作為反射抑制薄膜。此種有機EL顯示面板通常包含有機EL元件作為顯示元件,並於此有機EL元件的觀看側設置有偏光板。並且,偏光板以於有機EL元件與直線偏光件之間設置有光學各向異性體的方式配置。The polarizing plate may be provided on the organic EL display panel as a reflection suppressing film. Such an organic EL display panel usually includes an organic EL element as a display element, and a polarizing plate is provided on the viewing side of the organic EL element. Further, the polarizing plate is disposed such that an optical anisotropic body is provided between the organic EL element and the linear polarizer.

以下舉出偏光板作為圓偏光板發揮功能之情形為例,來說明抑制反射的機制。自裝置外部入射之光線,僅其一部分之直線偏光通過直線偏光件,繼而通過光學各向異性體的光學各向異性層,藉以變成圓偏光。圓偏光係藉由有機EL顯示面板內之將光線反射的構成元件(有機EL元件的反射電極等)反射,再次通過光學各向異性體的光學各向異性層,藉此成為具有與入射之直線偏光的振動方向正交之振動方向的直線偏光,而變得不通過直線偏光件。於此,所謂直線偏光的振動方向,意謂直線偏光之電場的振動方向。藉此,達成抑制反射的功能。此種抑制反射的原理,可參照日本專利公開第H9-127885號公報。Hereinafter, a case where the polarizing plate functions as a circular polarizing plate will be described as an example, and a mechanism for suppressing reflection will be described. The light incident from the outside of the device, only a part of which is linearly polarized, passes through the linear polarizer, and then passes through the optically anisotropic layer of the optical anisotropic body, thereby becoming circularly polarized. The circularly polarized light is reflected by a constituent element (reflection electrode of the organic EL element, etc.) that reflects light in the organic EL display panel, and passes through the optically anisotropic layer of the optical anisotropic body again, thereby becoming a straight line with incidence. The linear vibration of the direction of vibration in which the direction of vibration of the polarized light is orthogonal is not transmitted through the linear polarizer. Here, the vibration direction of the linearly polarized light means the vibration direction of the electric field of the linearly polarized light. Thereby, the function of suppressing reflection is achieved. The principle of such suppression of reflection can be referred to Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. H9-127885.

有機EL元件通常依序具備透明電極層、發光層及電極層,得藉由自透明電極層及電極層施加電壓使發光層產生光。作為構成有機發光層的材料之例,可列舉:聚對伸苯乙烯系、聚茀系及聚乙烯咔唑系的材料。並且,發光層亦可具有多個發光色相異之層體的堆疊體,或者於某色素之層體摻雜相異色素的混合層。再者,有機EL元件亦可具備電洞注入層、電洞傳輸層、電子注入層、電子傳輸層、等電位面形成層、電荷產生層等功能層。The organic EL device usually has a transparent electrode layer, a light-emitting layer, and an electrode layer in this order, and a light is applied from the transparent electrode layer and the electrode layer to generate light. Examples of the material constituting the organic light-emitting layer include polyparaphenylene-based, polyfluorene-based, and polyvinylcarbazole-based materials. Further, the light-emitting layer may have a plurality of layers of layers having different luminescent colors, or a layer of a certain coloring layer doped with a mixed layer of dissimilar pigments. Further, the organic EL element may include a functional layer such as a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, an equipotential surface formation layer, and a charge generation layer.

並且,在有機EL顯示面板中,光學各向異性體亦可因反射抑制薄膜以外的用途而設置。Further, in the organic EL display panel, the optical anisotropic body may be provided for use other than the reflection suppressing film.

『實施例』『Example』

以下揭示實施例以具體說明本發明。惟本發明並非受限於以下所揭示之實施例者,在不脫離本發明之申請專利範圍及其均等範圍的範圍內得任意變更而實施。The examples are disclosed below to specifically illustrate the invention. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments disclosed below, and may be carried out without departing from the scope of the invention and the scope of the invention.

在以下說明中,表示量的「%」及「份」,除非另有註記,否則為重量基準。並且,以下所說明之操作,除非另有註記,否則在常溫常壓大氣中進行。In the following description, "%" and "parts" indicating the amount are based on weight unless otherwise noted. Further, the operation described below is carried out in a normal temperature and atmospheric atmosphere unless otherwise noted.

在以下說明中,延遲的量測波長,除非另有註記,否則為550 nm。並且,由於以下實施例及比較例中使用的黏合劑及光學各向同性的樹脂薄膜具有光學各向同性,故不對延遲的量測結果造成影響。In the following description, the delayed measurement wavelength is 550 nm unless otherwise noted. Further, since the adhesive used in the following examples and comparative examples and the optically isotropic resin film have optical isotropy, the measurement results of the retardation are not affected.

在後述實施例1~17中,使液晶組成物層所包含之液晶性化合物定向時的加熱條件,皆為對應於所使用之液晶組成物的試驗組成物之殘留成分黏度呈800 cP以下的溫度條件。In Examples 1 to 17, which will be described later, the heating conditions for orienting the liquid crystal compound contained in the liquid crystal composition layer are such that the residual component viscosity of the test composition corresponding to the liquid crystal composition used is 800 cP or less. condition.

[在特定剖面中慢軸相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度的量測方法][Measurement method of the angle of the slow axis relative to the in-plane direction (ie, relative to the plane of the layer) in a particular section]

將液晶固化層以現出與該液晶固化層的面內慢軸及厚度方向兩者平行之特定剖面的方式切割。使用偏光顯微鏡在正交尼寇稜鏡下偏光觀察包含現出之特定剖面的切片。在進行此偏光觀察的同時,以垂直於前述特定剖面的軸為中心使液晶固化層旋轉。藉由此偏光觀察,特定出消光位。自經特定之消光位,量測在前述特定剖面中之液晶固化層的慢軸。之後,求得此慢軸相對於液晶固化層之面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度。The liquid crystal cured layer is cut so as to exhibit a specific cross section parallel to both the in-plane slow axis and the thickness direction of the liquid crystal cured layer. The sections containing the specific sections that were present were observed by polarized light under a polarized microscope. While performing this polarization observation, the liquid crystal cured layer is rotated centering on the axis perpendicular to the specific cross section. By this polarized observation, the extinction position is specified. The slow axis of the liquid crystal cured layer in the specific cross section described above is measured from a specific extinction position. Thereafter, the angle of the slow axis with respect to the in-plane direction of the liquid crystal cured layer (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer) is obtained.

並且,尤其在實施例13中,分別量測液晶固化層之第一區域的第一慢軸相對於液晶固化層之面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ1,以及第二區域的第二慢軸相對於液晶固化層之面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ2,而非量測液晶固化層整體的慢軸。And, in particular, in Embodiment 13, respectively measuring the angle θ1 of the first slow axis of the first region of the liquid crystal cured layer with respect to the in-plane direction of the liquid crystal cured layer (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer), and The second slow axis of the two regions is opposed to the in-plane direction of the liquid crystal cured layer (ie, relative to the plane of the layer) by an angle θ2 instead of measuring the slow axis of the liquid crystal cured layer as a whole.

[面內延遲Re的量測方法][Measurement method of in-plane retardation Re]

液晶固化層的面內延遲,係使用相位差計(Axometrics公司製「AxoScan」)來量測。The in-plane retardation of the liquid crystal cured layer was measured using a phase difference meter ("AxoScan" manufactured by Axometrics Co., Ltd.).

[波長色散性的量測方法][Measurement method of wavelength dispersion]

量測在量測波長450 nm及550 nm之液晶固化層的面內延遲Re(450)及Re(550)。自量測結果,藉由下述基準來判定波長色散性。
「逆波長色散性」:Re(450)<Re(550)
「順波長色散性」:Re(450)>Re(550)
The in-plane retardation Re(450) and Re(550) of the liquid crystal cured layer at 450 nm and 550 nm were measured. From the measurement results, the wavelength dispersion property was determined by the following criteria.
"Inverse Wavelength Dispersion": Re(450)<Re(550)
"Shun-wavelength dispersion": Re(450)>Re(550)

[視角特性的評價方法][Evaluation method of viewing angle characteristics]

(視角F)(viewing angle F)

使用相位差計(Axometrics公司製「AxoScan」),在入射角為-50°~+50°的範圍量測光學各向異性體的延遲。此量測係以量測方向變成相對於光學各向異性層的面內慢軸垂直之方式,使光學各向異性體以與光學各向異性層之面內慢軸平行的旋轉軸為中心旋轉來進行。The retardation of the optical anisotropic body was measured using a phase difference meter ("AxoScan" manufactured by Axometrics Co., Ltd.) at an incident angle of -50 to +50. This measurement system is such that the measurement direction becomes perpendicular to the in-plane slow axis of the optically anisotropic layer, and the optical anisotropic body is rotated around the rotation axis parallel to the in-plane slow axis of the optically anisotropic layer. Come on.

自入射角為-50°、0°及+50°的延遲R(-50°)、R(0°)及R(+50°),藉由下述式(X1)求得視角評價用的F值。
F值={[R(-50°)/2]+[R(+50°)/2]}/R(0°)  (X1)
The retardation R (-50°), R (0°), and R (+50°) from the incident angles of -50°, 0°, and +50°, and the F value for viewing angle evaluation is obtained by the following formula (X1) .
F value = {[R(-50°)/2] + [R(+50°)/2]}/R(0°) (X1)

對於所獲得之F值,藉由下述基準賦予評價分數。
1分:F<0.90.
2分:0.90≦F<0.95
3分:0.95≦F≦1.05
2分:1.05<F≦1.10
1分:1.10<F
For the obtained F value, the evaluation score is given by the following criteria.
1 point: F<0.90.
2 points: 0.90 ≦ F < 0.95
3 points: 0.95≦F≦1.05
2 points: 1.05<F≦1.10
1 point: 1.10<F

(視角S)(viewing angle S)

使用相位差計(Axometrics公司製「AxoScan」),在入射角為-50°~+50°的範圍量測光學各向異性體的延遲。此量測係以量測方向變成相對於光學各向異性體的面內快軸垂直之方式,使光學各向異性體以與該光學各向異性體之面內快軸平行的旋轉軸為中心旋轉來進行。The retardation of the optical anisotropic body was measured using a phase difference meter ("AxoScan" manufactured by Axometrics Co., Ltd.) at an incident angle of -50 to +50. This measurement system is such that the measurement direction becomes perpendicular to the in-plane fast axis of the optical anisotropic body, and the optical anisotropic body is centered on the rotation axis parallel to the in-plane fast axis of the optical anisotropic body. Rotate to proceed.

自入射角為-50°、0°及+50°的延遲R(-50°)、R(0°)及R(+50°),藉由下述式(X2)求得視角評價用的S值。
S值={[R(-50°)/2]+[R(+50°)/2]}/R(0°)  (X2)
The retardation R (-50°), R (0°), and R (+50°) from the incident angles of -50°, 0°, and +50°, and the S value for viewing angle evaluation is obtained by the following formula (X2) .
S value={[R(-50°)/2]+[R(+50°)/2]}/R(0°) (X2)

對於所獲得之S值,藉由下述基準賦予評價分數。
1分:S<0.90.
2分:0.90≦S<0.95
3分:0.95≦S≦1.05
2分:1.05<S≦1.10
1分:1.10<S
For the obtained S value, the evaluation score is given by the following criteria.
1 point: S<0.90.
2 points: 0.90 ≦ S < 0.95
3 points: 0.95 ≦ S ≦ 1.05
2 points: 1.05<S≦1.10
1 point: 1.10<S

(視角的綜合評價)(Comprehensive evaluation of perspective)

合計前述對於F值的評價分數與對於S值的評價分數。然後,依照所獲得之評價分數的合計,藉由下述基準來進行視角的綜合評價。
「A」:評價分數的合計為6分以上。
「B」:F值的評價分數及S值的評價分數之一者為3分以上,且評價分數的合計為4分以上且未達6分。
「C」:F值的評價分數及S值的評價分數兩者皆未達3分,且評價分數的合計為4分以上且未達6分。
「D」:評價分數的合計未達4分。
The aforementioned evaluation score for the F value and the evaluation score for the S value are totaled. Then, based on the total of the obtained evaluation scores, the overall evaluation of the angle of view is performed by the following criteria.
"A": The total score is 6 points or more.
"B": One of the evaluation scores of the F value and the evaluation score of the S value is 3 or more, and the total of the evaluation scores is 4 or more and less than 6 points.
"C": Both the evaluation score of the F value and the evaluation score of the S value are less than 3 points, and the total of the evaluation scores is 4 or more and less than 6 points.
"D": The total score of the evaluation score is less than 4 points.

[延遲在方位角方向上之最大值與最小值之差的評價方法][Evaluation method of the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the delay in the azimuth direction]

求得前述光學各向異性體之「在相對於面內慢軸垂直之量測方向上量測到的延遲R(-50°)及R(+50°)」以及「在相對於面內快軸垂直之量測方向上量測到的延遲R(-50°)及R(+50°)」作為在入射角50°的延遲R(50°)。然後,將此等延遲R(50°)分別除以在入射角0°的延遲R(0°),求得光學各向異性層100的延遲比R(50°)/R(0°)。計算所求得之延遲比R(50°)/R(0°)之中最大值與最小值之差,獲得光學各向異性層之延遲比R(50°)/R(0°)在方位角方向上之最大值與最小值之差ΔR(50°)/R(0°)。由於此最大值與最小值之差ΔR(50°)/R(0°)愈小,愈可有效抑制光學各向異性層於傾斜方向上之延遲在方位角方向上之最大值與最小值之差,故換言之,表示愈可抑制光學各向異性層於傾斜方向上之延遲的方向依賴性。The retardation R (-50°) and R (+50°) measured in the direction perpendicular to the in-plane slow axis and the "fast axis relative to the in-plane" are obtained for the optical anisotropic body. The measured delays R (-50°) and R (+50°) in the direction of the vertical measurement are taken as a delay R (50°) at an incident angle of 50°. Then, the retardation R (50°) is divided by the retardation R (0°) at an incident angle of 0°, respectively, and the retardation ratio R (50°)/R (0°) of the optical anisotropic layer 100 is obtained. Calculate the difference between the maximum and minimum values of the delay ratio R(50°)/R(0°), and obtain the retardation ratio of the optical anisotropic layer R(50°)/R(0°) in the orientation. The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value in the angular direction is ΔR (50°) / R (0°). Since the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value ΔR(50°)/R(0°) is smaller, the maximum and minimum values of the retardation of the optically anisotropic layer in the oblique direction in the azimuthal direction can be effectively suppressed. Inferior, in other words, it is said that the more the directional dependence of the retardation of the optically anisotropic layer in the oblique direction can be suppressed.

[實施例1][Example 1]

(液晶組成物的製造)(Manufacture of liquid crystal composition)

混合由下述式所示之具有聚合性的「逆色散液晶性化合物A」100重量份、氟系界面活性劑(AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.製「S420」)0.15重量份、光聚合起始劑(BASF公司製「IrgacureOXE04」)4.3重量份,以及作為溶劑的環戊酮162.3重量份及1,3-二氧𠷬243.5重量份,製造液晶組成物。100 parts by weight of a polymerizable "reverse-dispersion liquid crystal compound A" represented by the following formula, and a fluorine-based surfactant ("S420" manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 0.15 parts by weight, photopolymerization 4.3 parts by weight of a starter ("Irgacure OXE04" manufactured by BASF Corporation), and 162.3 parts by weight of cyclopentanone as a solvent and 243.5 parts by weight of 1,3-dioxane were used to produce a liquid crystal composition.

『化23』

逆色散液晶性化合物A
『化23』

Inverse dispersion liquid crystalline compound A

(包含液晶固化層之中間薄膜的製造)(Manufacture of intermediate film including liquid crystal cured layer)

準備聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜(東洋紡公司製「A4100」、厚度100 μm;以下適時稱作「PET薄膜」。)作為支撐基材。此PET薄膜係於單面經施加易滑處理的薄膜。A polyethylene terephthalate film ("A4100" manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., thickness: 100 μm; hereinafter referred to as "PET film") was prepared as a support substrate. This PET film is a film which is applied on one side by a slippery treatment.

對此PET薄膜的非易滑處理面施以摩擦處理。之後,於PET薄膜的摩擦處理面,使用線棒,塗布前述液晶組成物,形成液晶組成物層。The non-slip surface of the PET film was subjected to a rubbing treatment. Thereafter, the liquid crystal composition was applied onto the rubbed surface of the PET film by using a wire bar to form a liquid crystal composition layer.

將前述液晶組成物層,在135℃下加熱4分鐘,使層體內的液晶性化合物定向。The liquid crystal composition layer was heated at 135 ° C for 4 minutes to orient the liquid crystalline compound in the layer.

之後,對液晶組成物層在氮氣環境下照射500 mJ/cm2 的紫外線,使液晶組成物層固化,獲得厚度0.4 μm的第一單元固化層。Thereafter, the liquid crystal composition layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 500 mJ/cm 2 in a nitrogen atmosphere to cure the liquid crystal composition layer, thereby obtaining a first unit cured layer having a thickness of 0.4 μm.

對此第一單元固化層之表面施以摩擦處理。然後,於第一單元固化層之摩擦處理面,使用線棒塗布「使用於形成前述第一單元固化層之殘留的液晶組成物」,形成液晶組成物層。The surface of the first unit cured layer is subjected to a rubbing treatment. Then, on the rubbing treatment surface of the first unit solidified layer, "the liquid crystal composition remaining for forming the first unit solidified layer" is applied by a wire bar to form a liquid crystal composition layer.

將前述液晶組成物層,在135℃下加熱4分鐘,使層體內的液晶性化合物定向。The liquid crystal composition layer was heated at 135 ° C for 4 minutes to orient the liquid crystalline compound in the layer.

之後,對液晶組成物層在氮氣環境下照射500 mJ/cm2 的紫外線,使液晶組成物層固化,獲得第二單元固化層。Thereafter, the liquid crystal composition layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 500 mJ/cm 2 in a nitrogen atmosphere to cure the liquid crystal composition layer, thereby obtaining a second unit cured layer.

藉此,獲得中間薄膜,其具備:PET薄膜與包含第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的液晶固化層。此液晶固化層所包含之液晶性化合物之分子雖然相對於該液晶固化層之面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)傾斜,但其傾角不均勻。具體而言,在液晶固化層之PET薄膜側之面上液晶性化合物之分子的傾角為相對小,在液晶固化層之空氣側之面上液晶性化合物之分子的傾角為相對大。使用所獲得之中間薄膜,藉由上述方法進行液晶固化層的評價。Thereby, an intermediate film comprising a PET film and a liquid crystal cured layer containing the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer is obtained. Although the molecules of the liquid crystalline compound contained in the liquid crystal cured layer are inclined with respect to the in-plane direction of the liquid crystal cured layer (that is, with respect to the plane of the layered body), the inclination angle thereof is not uniform. Specifically, the tilt angle of the molecules of the liquid crystal compound on the PET film side of the liquid crystal cured layer is relatively small, and the tilt angle of the molecules of the liquid crystal compound on the air side of the liquid crystal cured layer is relatively large. The liquid crystal cured layer was evaluated by the above method using the obtained intermediate film.

(光學各向異性體的製造)(Manufacture of optical anisotropic body)

自前述中間薄膜裁下第一薄膜片及第二薄膜片這2片薄膜片。將第一薄膜片的液晶固化層與第二薄膜片的液晶固化層藉由黏合劑(日東電工公司製「CS9621T」)來貼合。在以下說明中,有時將第一薄膜片的液晶固化層稱作「第一液晶固化層」、將第二薄膜片的液晶固化層稱作「第二液晶固化層」。並且,前述貼合係以滿足下述條件(X3)及(X4)之方式進行。
(X3)第一液晶固化層的面內慢軸與第二液晶固化層的面內慢軸變成平行。
(X4)在將所獲得之光學各向異性體的光學各向異性層,以平行於光學各向異性層的面內慢軸及厚度方向兩者的平面來切割的特定剖面中,第一液晶固化層的慢軸與第二液晶固化層的慢軸夾表1所揭示之交叉角度Δθ。
Two film sheets of the first film sheet and the second film sheet are cut out from the intermediate film. The liquid crystal cured layer of the first film sheet and the liquid crystal cured layer of the second film sheet were bonded together by a binder ("CS9621T" manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation). In the following description, the liquid crystal cured layer of the first film sheet may be referred to as a "first liquid crystal cured layer", and the liquid crystal cured layer of the second film sheet may be referred to as a "second liquid crystal cured layer". Further, the bonding is carried out in such a manner as to satisfy the following conditions (X3) and (X4).
(X3) The in-plane slow axis of the first liquid crystal cured layer and the in-plane slow axis of the second liquid crystal cured layer become parallel.
(X4) In a specific cross section in which the optically anisotropic layer of the optically anisotropic body obtained is cut in a plane parallel to both the in-plane slow axis and the thickness direction of the optically anisotropic layer, the first liquid crystal The slow axis of the cured layer and the slow axis of the second liquid crystal cured layer are at an angle Δθ as disclosed in Table 1.

之後,剝下第一薄膜片的PET薄膜。將因剝下PET薄膜而現出的第一液晶固化層之面與光學各向同性的樹脂薄膜(日本瑞翁公司製的降𦯉烯系樹脂薄膜「ZeonorFilm」)藉由前述黏合劑來貼合。然後,剝下第二薄膜片的PET薄膜,獲得具有「樹脂薄膜/黏合劑層/第一液晶固化層/黏合劑層/第二液晶固化層」之層體結構的光學各向異性體。在此光學各向異性體中,「第一液晶固化層/黏合劑層/第二液晶固化層」的部分相當於光學各向異性層,第一液晶固化層相當於第一區域,第二液晶固化層相當於第二區域。據此,在實施例1所獲得之光學各向異性層中,第一區域的傾角為大之側的面與第二區域的傾角為大之側的面呈對向(參照圖6)。Thereafter, the PET film of the first film sheet was peeled off. The surface of the first liquid crystal cured layer which has been peeled off by peeling off the PET film and the optically isotropic resin film (Zeonor Film made by Nippon Seychelles Co., Ltd.) are bonded together by the above-mentioned adhesive. . Then, the PET film of the second film sheet was peeled off to obtain an optical anisotropic body having a layer structure of "resin film/adhesive layer/first liquid crystal cured layer/adhesive layer/second liquid crystal cured layer". In the optical anisotropic body, a portion of the "first liquid crystal cured layer/adhesive layer/second liquid crystal cured layer" corresponds to an optically anisotropic layer, and the first liquid crystal cured layer corresponds to the first region, and the second liquid crystal The cured layer corresponds to the second region. According to this, in the optically anisotropic layer obtained in the first embodiment, the surface on the side where the inclination angle of the first region is larger is opposite to the surface on which the inclination angle of the second region is larger (see FIG. 6).

以上述方法評價所獲得之光學各向異性體。The obtained optical anisotropic body was evaluated by the above method.

[實施例2][Embodiment 2]

實施例2係自實施例1將「相當於第一區域的第一液晶固化層」與「相當於第二區域的第二液晶固化層」之貼合方向變更的實施例。此實施例2的具體操作係如同下述。The second embodiment is an embodiment in which the bonding direction of "the first liquid crystal cured layer corresponding to the first region" and the "second liquid crystal cured layer corresponding to the second region" are changed from the first embodiment. The specific operation of this embodiment 2 is as follows.

自實施例1中所製造的中間薄膜裁下第一薄膜片及第二薄膜片這2片薄膜片。將第二薄膜片的第二液晶固化層與光學各向同性的樹脂薄膜藉由黏合劑來貼合。之後,剝下PET薄膜,獲得具有「樹脂薄膜/黏合劑層/第二液晶固化層」之層體結構的多層薄膜。The two film sheets of the first film sheet and the second film sheet were cut out from the intermediate film produced in Example 1. The second liquid crystal cured layer of the second film sheet and the optically isotropic resin film are bonded together by a binder. Thereafter, the PET film was peeled off to obtain a multilayer film having a layer structure of "resin film/adhesive layer/second liquid crystal cured layer".

之後,將此多層薄膜的第二液晶固化層與第一薄膜片的第一液晶固化層藉由前述黏合劑來貼合。此貼合係以滿足在實施例1中已說明之條件(X3)及(X4)之方式進行。隨後,剝下第一薄膜片的PET薄膜,獲得具有「第一液晶固化層/黏合劑層/第二液晶固化層/黏合劑層/樹脂薄膜」之層體結構的光學各向異性體。在此光學各向異性體中,「第一液晶固化層/黏合劑層/第二液晶固化層」的部分相當於光學各向異性層,第一液晶固化層相當於第一區域,第二液晶固化層相當於第二區域。據此,在實施例2所獲得之液晶固化層中,第一區域的傾角為大之側的面與第二區域的傾角為小之側的面呈對向(參照圖7)。Thereafter, the second liquid crystal cured layer of the multilayer film and the first liquid crystal cured layer of the first film sheet are bonded together by the binder. This bonding was carried out in such a manner as to satisfy the conditions (X3) and (X4) explained in the first embodiment. Subsequently, the PET film of the first film sheet was peeled off to obtain an optical anisotropic body having a layer structure of "first liquid crystal cured layer/adhesive layer/second liquid crystal cured layer/adhesive layer/resin film". In the optical anisotropic body, a portion of the "first liquid crystal cured layer/adhesive layer/second liquid crystal cured layer" corresponds to an optically anisotropic layer, and the first liquid crystal cured layer corresponds to the first region, and the second liquid crystal The cured layer corresponds to the second region. According to this, in the liquid crystal solidified layer obtained in Example 2, the surface on the side where the inclination angle of the first region is larger is opposite to the surface on which the inclination angle of the second region is smaller (see FIG. 7).

以上述方法評價所獲得之光學各向異性體。The obtained optical anisotropic body was evaluated by the above method.

[實施例3][Example 3]

實施例3係自實施例1將「相當於第一區域的第一液晶固化層」與「相當於第二區域的第二液晶固化層」之貼合方向變更的實施例。此實施例3的具體操作係如同下述。Example 3 is an example in which the bonding direction of "the first liquid crystal cured layer corresponding to the first region" and the "second liquid crystal cured layer corresponding to the second region" were changed from Example 1. The specific operation of this embodiment 3 is as follows.

自實施例1中所製造的中間薄膜裁下第一薄膜片及第二薄膜片這2片薄膜片。The two film sheets of the first film sheet and the second film sheet were cut out from the intermediate film produced in Example 1.

將第一薄膜片的第一液晶固化層藉由前述黏合劑貼合至光學各向同性的樹脂薄膜。之後,剝下PET薄膜,獲得具有「樹脂薄膜/黏合劑層/第一液晶固化層」之層體結構的多層薄膜。The first liquid crystal cured layer of the first film sheet is bonded to the optically isotropic resin film by the aforementioned adhesive. Thereafter, the PET film was peeled off to obtain a multilayer film having a layer structure of "resin film/adhesive layer/first liquid crystal cured layer".

並且,同様地,將第二薄膜片的第二液晶固化層藉由前述黏合劑貼合至光學各向同性的樹脂薄膜。之後,剝下PET薄膜,獲得具有「樹脂薄膜/黏合劑層/第二液晶固化層」之層體結構的多層薄膜。Further, in the same manner, the second liquid crystal cured layer of the second film sheet is bonded to the optically isotropic resin film by the above-mentioned adhesive. Thereafter, the PET film was peeled off to obtain a multilayer film having a layer structure of "resin film/adhesive layer/second liquid crystal cured layer".

之後,將此等多層薄膜的第一液晶固化層與第二液晶固化層藉由前述黏合劑來貼合。此貼合係以滿足在實施例1中已說明之條件(X3)及(X4)之方式進行。藉此,獲得具有「樹脂薄膜/黏合劑層/第一液晶固化層/黏合劑層/第二液晶固化層/黏合劑層/樹脂薄膜」之層體結構的光學各向異性體。在此光學各向異性體中,「第一液晶固化層/黏合劑層/第二液晶固化層」的部分相當於光學各向異性層,第一液晶固化層相當於第一區域,第二液晶固化層相當於第二區域。據此,在實施例3所獲得之液晶固化層中,第一區域的傾角為小之側的面與第二區域的傾角為小之側的面呈對向(參照圖5)。Thereafter, the first liquid crystal cured layer and the second liquid crystal cured layer of the multilayer film are bonded together by the binder. This bonding was carried out in such a manner as to satisfy the conditions (X3) and (X4) explained in the first embodiment. Thereby, an optical anisotropic body having a layer structure of "resin film/adhesive layer/first liquid crystal cured layer/adhesive layer/second liquid crystal cured layer/adhesive layer/resin film" was obtained. In the optical anisotropic body, a portion of the "first liquid crystal cured layer/adhesive layer/second liquid crystal cured layer" corresponds to an optically anisotropic layer, and the first liquid crystal cured layer corresponds to the first region, and the second liquid crystal The cured layer corresponds to the second region. According to this, in the liquid crystal solidified layer obtained in Example 3, the surface on the side where the inclination angle of the first region is small is opposite to the surface on which the inclination angle of the second region is small (see FIG. 5).

以上述方法評價所獲得之光學各向異性體。The obtained optical anisotropic body was evaluated by the above method.

[實施例4][Example 4]

實施例4係自實施例1將「第一區域的第一慢軸相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ1」及「第二區域的第二慢軸相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ2」變更的實施例。此實施例4的具體操作係如同下述。Embodiment 4 is based on Embodiment 1 in which "the first slow axis of the first region is opposed to the in-plane direction (that is, the angle with respect to the layer plane) θ1" and "the second slow axis of the second region is relative to An embodiment in which the in-plane direction (that is, the angle θ2) sandwiched by the plane of the layer is changed. The specific operation of this embodiment 4 is as follows.

變更液晶組成物的塗布厚度以變更第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的厚度,進一步將定向時的溫度變更為120℃,藉此將在液晶固化層之特定剖面中液晶固化層的慢軸相對於液晶固化層之面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度變更為20°。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1相同的操作,進行光學各向異性體的製造及評價。Changing the coating thickness of the liquid crystal composition to change the thickness of the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, and further changing the temperature at the time of orientation to 120 ° C, whereby the liquid crystal cured layer is slow in a specific cross section of the liquid crystal cured layer. The angle of the axis with respect to the in-plane direction of the liquid crystal cured layer (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer) was changed to 20°. Except for the above, the same operation as in Example 1 was carried out to produce and evaluate an optical anisotropic body.

[實施例5][Example 5]

實施例5係自實施例1將「第一區域的第一慢軸相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ1」及「第二區域的第二慢軸相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ2」變更的實施例。此實施例5的具體操作係如同下述。Embodiment 5 is based on Embodiment 1 in which "the angle θ1" between the first slow axis of the first region with respect to the in-plane direction (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer plane) and "the second slow axis of the second region are relative to An embodiment in which the in-plane direction (that is, the angle θ2) sandwiched by the plane of the layer is changed. The specific operation of this embodiment 5 is as follows.

變更液晶組成物的塗布厚度以變更第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的厚度,進一步將定向時的溫度變更為130℃,藉此將在液晶固化層之特定剖面中液晶固化層的慢軸相對於液晶固化層之面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度變更為25°。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1相同的操作,進行光學各向異性體的製造及評價。Changing the coating thickness of the liquid crystal composition to change the thickness of the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, and further changing the temperature at the time of orientation to 130 ° C, whereby the liquid crystal cured layer is slow in a specific cross section of the liquid crystal cured layer. The angle of the axis with respect to the in-plane direction of the liquid crystal cured layer (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer) was changed to 25°. Except for the above, the same operation as in Example 1 was carried out to produce and evaluate an optical anisotropic body.

[實施例6][Embodiment 6]

實施例6係自實施例1將「所使用之液晶性化合物的種類」變更,並自實施例1將「第一區域的第一慢軸相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ1」及「第二區域的第二慢軸相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ2」變更的實施例。此實施例6的具體操作係如同下述。In the sixth embodiment, the "type of liquid crystal compound to be used" is changed from the first embodiment, and the first slow axis of the first region is changed from the in-plane direction (that is, to the plane of the layer) from the first embodiment. An embodiment in which the angle θ1" and the "second slow axis of the second region are changed with respect to the in-plane direction (that is, the angle θ2 with respect to the plane of the layer)" is changed. The specific operation of this embodiment 6 is as follows.

將液晶性化合物的種類自逆色散液晶性化合物A變更為由下述式所示之具有聚合性的順色散液晶性化合物B。再者,變更液晶組成物的塗布厚度以變更第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的厚度,藉此將在液晶固化層之特定剖面中液晶固化層的慢軸相對於液晶固化層之面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度變更為35°。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1相同的操作,進行光學各向異性體的製造及評價。The type of the liquid crystal compound is changed from the inverse dispersion liquid crystal compound A to the polymerizable cis-dispersion liquid crystal compound B represented by the following formula. Further, the coating thickness of the liquid crystal composition is changed to change the thickness of the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, whereby the slow axis of the liquid crystal cured layer in the specific cross section of the liquid crystal cured layer is opposite to the surface of the liquid crystal cured layer The angle sandwiched by the inner direction (ie, relative to the plane of the layer) is changed to 35°. Except for the above, the same operation as in Example 1 was carried out to produce and evaluate an optical anisotropic body.

『化24』

順色散液晶性化合物B
『化24』

Shun dispersion liquid crystal compound B

[實施例7][Embodiment 7]

實施例7係自實施例1將「所使用之液晶性化合物的種類」部分變更,進一步自實施例1將「第一區域的第一慢軸相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ1」及「第二區域的第二慢軸相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ2」變更的實施例。此實施例7的具體操作係如同以下所述。In the seventh embodiment, the "type of liquid crystal compound to be used" is partially changed from the first embodiment, and the first slow axis of the first region is changed from the in-plane direction (that is, to the plane of the layer). The embodiment in which the angle θ1" and the second slow axis of the second region are changed with respect to the in-plane direction (that is, the angle θ2 with respect to the plane of the layer). The specific operation of this embodiment 7 is as follows.

變更液晶組成物的塗布厚度以變更第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的厚度,進一步將定向時的溫度變更為130℃,藉此將在液晶固化層之特定剖面中液晶固化層的慢軸相對於液晶固化層之面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度變更為25°。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1的工序(液晶組成物的製造)及工序(包含液晶固化層之中間薄膜的製造)相同的操作,獲得第一中間薄膜。自如此獲得之第一中間薄膜裁下第一薄膜片。Changing the coating thickness of the liquid crystal composition to change the thickness of the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, and further changing the temperature at the time of orientation to 130 ° C, whereby the liquid crystal cured layer is slow in a specific cross section of the liquid crystal cured layer. The angle of the axis with respect to the in-plane direction of the liquid crystal cured layer (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer) was changed to 25°. In addition to the above, the same operation as in the step (manufacture of the liquid crystal composition) and the step (manufacture of the intermediate film including the liquid crystal cured layer) of Example 1 was carried out to obtain a first intermediate film. The first film sheet is cut from the first intermediate film thus obtained.

另一方面,將液晶性化合物的種類自逆色散液晶性化合物A變更為順色散液晶性化合物B。再來,變更液晶組成物的塗布厚度以變更第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的厚度,藉此將在液晶固化層之特定剖面中液晶固化層的慢軸相對於液晶固化層之面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度變更為35°。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1的工序(液晶組成物的製造)及工序(包含液晶固化層之中間薄膜的製造)相同的操作,獲得第二中間薄膜。自如此獲得之第二中間薄膜裁下第二薄膜片。On the other hand, the type of the liquid crystal compound is changed from the inverse dispersion liquid crystal compound A to the cis-dispersion liquid crystal compound B. Further, the coating thickness of the liquid crystal composition is changed to change the thickness of the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, whereby the slow axis of the liquid crystal cured layer in the specific cross section of the liquid crystal cured layer is opposite to the surface of the liquid crystal cured layer. The angle sandwiched by the inner direction (ie, relative to the plane of the layer) is changed to 35°. In addition to the above, the same operation as in the step (manufacture of the liquid crystal composition) and the step (manufacture of the intermediate film including the liquid crystal cured layer) of Example 1 was carried out to obtain a second intermediate film. The second film sheet is cut from the second intermediate film thus obtained.

除了使用在本實施例所準備之第一薄膜片及第二薄膜片,代替在實施例1所準備之第一薄膜片及第二薄膜片以外,進行與實施例1的工序(光學各向異性體的製造)相同的操作,進行光學各向異性體的製造及評價。The procedure of Example 1 (optical anisotropy) was carried out except that the first film sheet and the second film sheet prepared in the present example were used instead of the first film sheet and the second film sheet prepared in Example 1. The manufacture of the optical anisotropic body was carried out and evaluated in the same manner.

[實施例8][Embodiment 8]

實施例8係自實施例1將「所使用之液晶性化合物的種類」部分變更,進一步自實施例1將「第一區域的第一慢軸相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ1」及「第二區域的第二慢軸相對於面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度θ2」變更的實施例。此實施例8的具體操作係如同以下所述。In the eighth embodiment, the "type of liquid crystal compound to be used" is partially changed from the first embodiment, and the first slow axis of the first region is changed from the in-plane direction (that is, to the plane of the layer). The embodiment in which the angle θ1" and the second slow axis of the second region are changed with respect to the in-plane direction (that is, the angle θ2 with respect to the plane of the layer). The specific operation of this embodiment 8 is as follows.

將液晶性化合物的種類自逆色散液晶性化合物A變更為順色散液晶性化合物B。再來,變更液晶組成物的塗布厚度以變更第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的厚度,藉此將在液晶固化層之特定剖面中液晶固化層的慢軸相對於液晶固化層之面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度變更為35°。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1的工序(液晶組成物的製造)及工序(包含液晶固化層之中間薄膜的製造)相同的操作,獲得第一中間薄膜。自如此獲得之第一中間薄膜裁下第一薄膜片。The type of the liquid crystal compound is changed from the inverse dispersion liquid crystal compound A to the cis-dispersion liquid crystal compound B. Further, the coating thickness of the liquid crystal composition is changed to change the thickness of the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, whereby the slow axis of the liquid crystal cured layer in the specific cross section of the liquid crystal cured layer is opposite to the surface of the liquid crystal cured layer. The angle sandwiched by the inner direction (ie, relative to the plane of the layer) is changed to 35°. In addition to the above, the same operation as in the step (manufacture of the liquid crystal composition) and the step (manufacture of the intermediate film including the liquid crystal cured layer) of Example 1 was carried out to obtain a first intermediate film. The first film sheet is cut from the first intermediate film thus obtained.

另一方面,變更液晶組成物的塗布厚度以變更第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的厚度,進一步將定向時的溫度變更為130℃,藉此將在液晶固化層之特定剖面中液晶固化層的慢軸相對於液晶固化層之面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度變更為25°。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1的工序(液晶組成物的製造)及工序(包含液晶固化層之中間薄膜的製造)相同的操作,獲得第二中間薄膜。自如此獲得之第二中間薄膜裁下第二薄膜片。On the other hand, the coating thickness of the liquid crystal composition is changed to change the thickness of the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, and the temperature at the time of orientation is further changed to 130 ° C, whereby liquid crystal is formed in a specific cross section of the liquid crystal cured layer. The angle of the slow axis of the cured layer with respect to the in-plane direction of the liquid crystal cured layer (that is, with respect to the plane of the layer) was changed to 25°. In addition to the above, the same operation as in the step (manufacture of the liquid crystal composition) and the step (manufacture of the intermediate film including the liquid crystal cured layer) of Example 1 was carried out to obtain a second intermediate film. The second film sheet is cut from the second intermediate film thus obtained.

除了使用在本實施例所準備之第一薄膜片及第二薄膜片,代替在實施例1所準備之第一薄膜片及第二薄膜片以外,進行與實施例1的工序(光學各向異性體的製造)相同的操作,進行光學各向異性體的製造及評價。The procedure of Example 1 (optical anisotropy) was carried out except that the first film sheet and the second film sheet prepared in the present example were used instead of the first film sheet and the second film sheet prepared in Example 1. The manufacture of the optical anisotropic body was carried out and evaluated in the same manner.

[實施例9][Embodiment 9]

實施例9係自實施例1將「相當於第一區域之液晶固化層的面內延遲」及「相當於第二區域之液晶固化層的面內延遲」變更的實施例。此實施例9的具體操作係如同以下所述。Example 9 is an example in which "the in-plane retardation corresponding to the liquid crystal cured layer of the first region" and "the in-plane retardation corresponding to the liquid crystal cured layer of the second region" were changed from Example 1. The specific operation of this embodiment 9 is as follows.

變更液晶組成物的塗布厚度以變更第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的厚度,藉此將液晶固化層的面內延遲變更為91 nm。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1的工序(液晶組成物的製造)及工序(包含液晶固化層之中間薄膜的製造)相同的操作,獲得第一中間薄膜。自如此獲得之第一中間薄膜裁下第一薄膜片。The thickness of the liquid crystal composition was changed to change the thickness of the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, whereby the in-plane retardation of the liquid crystal cured layer was changed to 91 nm. In addition to the above, the same operation as in the step (manufacture of the liquid crystal composition) and the step (manufacture of the intermediate film including the liquid crystal cured layer) of Example 1 was carried out to obtain a first intermediate film. The first film sheet is cut from the first intermediate film thus obtained.

另一方面,變更液晶組成物的塗布厚度以變更第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的厚度,藉此將液晶固化層的面內延遲變更為53 nm。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1的工序(液晶組成物的製造)及工序(包含液晶固化層之中間薄膜的製造)相同的操作,獲得第二中間薄膜。自如此獲得之第二中間薄膜裁下第二薄膜片。On the other hand, the thickness of the liquid crystal composition was changed to change the thickness of the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, whereby the in-plane retardation of the liquid crystal cured layer was changed to 53 nm. In addition to the above, the same operation as in the step (manufacture of the liquid crystal composition) and the step (manufacture of the intermediate film including the liquid crystal cured layer) of Example 1 was carried out to obtain a second intermediate film. The second film sheet is cut from the second intermediate film thus obtained.

除了使用在本實施例所準備之第一薄膜片及第二薄膜片,代替在實施例1所準備之第一薄膜片及第二薄膜片以外,進行與實施例1的工序(光學各向異性體的製造)相同的操作,進行光學各向異性體的製造及評價。The procedure of Example 1 (optical anisotropy) was carried out except that the first film sheet and the second film sheet prepared in the present example were used instead of the first film sheet and the second film sheet prepared in Example 1. The manufacture of the optical anisotropic body was carried out and evaluated in the same manner.

[實施例10][Embodiment 10]

實施例10係自實施例1將「相當於第一區域之液晶固化層的面內延遲」及「相當於第二區域之液晶固化層的面內延遲」變更的實施例。此實施例10的具體操作係如同以下所述。Example 10 is an example in which "the in-plane retardation corresponding to the liquid crystal cured layer of the first region" and "the in-plane retardation corresponding to the liquid crystal cured layer of the second region" were changed from Example 1. The specific operation of this embodiment 10 is as follows.

變更液晶組成物的塗布厚度以變更第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的厚度,藉此將液晶固化層的面內延遲變更為53 nm。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1的工序(液晶組成物的製造)及工序(包含液晶固化層之中間薄膜的製造)相同的操作,獲得第一中間薄膜。自如此獲得之第一中間薄膜裁下第一薄膜片。The thickness of the liquid crystal composition was changed to change the thickness of the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, whereby the in-plane retardation of the liquid crystal cured layer was changed to 53 nm. In addition to the above, the same operation as in the step (manufacture of the liquid crystal composition) and the step (manufacture of the intermediate film including the liquid crystal cured layer) of Example 1 was carried out to obtain a first intermediate film. The first film sheet is cut from the first intermediate film thus obtained.

另一方面,變更液晶組成物的塗布厚度以變更第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的厚度,藉此將液晶固化層的面內延遲變更為91 nm。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1的工序(液晶組成物的製造)及工序(包含液晶固化層之中間薄膜的製造)相同的操作,獲得第二中間薄膜。自如此獲得之第二中間薄膜裁下第二薄膜片。On the other hand, the coating thickness of the liquid crystal composition was changed to change the thickness of the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, whereby the in-plane retardation of the liquid crystal cured layer was changed to 91 nm. In addition to the above, the same operation as in the step (manufacture of the liquid crystal composition) and the step (manufacture of the intermediate film including the liquid crystal cured layer) of Example 1 was carried out to obtain a second intermediate film. The second film sheet is cut from the second intermediate film thus obtained.

除了使用在本實施例所準備之第一薄膜片及第二薄膜片,代替在實施例1所準備之第一薄膜片及第二薄膜片以外,進行與實施例1的工序(光學各向異性體的製造)相同的操作,進行光學各向異性體的製造及評價。The procedure of Example 1 (optical anisotropy) was carried out except that the first film sheet and the second film sheet prepared in the present example were used instead of the first film sheet and the second film sheet prepared in Example 1. The manufacture of the optical anisotropic body was carried out and evaluated in the same manner.

[實施例11][Example 11]

實施例11係自實施例1將「相當於第一區域之液晶固化層的面內延遲」及「相當於第二區域之液晶固化層的面內延遲」變更的實施例。此實施例11的具體操作係如同以下所述。In the eleventh embodiment, the embodiment in which "the in-plane retardation corresponding to the liquid crystal cured layer of the first region" and the "in-plane retardation corresponding to the liquid crystal cured layer of the second region" are changed from the first embodiment. The specific operation of this embodiment 11 is as follows.

變更液晶組成物的塗布厚度以變更第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的厚度,藉此將液晶固化層的面內延遲變更為108 nm。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1的工序(液晶組成物的製造)及工序(包含液晶固化層之中間薄膜的製造)相同的操作,獲得第一中間薄膜。自如此獲得之第一中間薄膜裁下第一薄膜片。The thickness of the liquid crystal composition was changed to change the thickness of the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, whereby the in-plane retardation of the liquid crystal cured layer was changed to 108 nm. In addition to the above, the same operation as in the step (manufacture of the liquid crystal composition) and the step (manufacture of the intermediate film including the liquid crystal cured layer) of Example 1 was carried out to obtain a first intermediate film. The first film sheet is cut from the first intermediate film thus obtained.

另一方面,變更液晶組成物的塗布厚度以變更第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的厚度,藉此將液晶固化層的面內延遲變更為38 nm。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1的工序(液晶組成物的製造)及工序(包含液晶固化層之中間薄膜的製造)相同的操作,獲得第二中間薄膜。自就此而獲得之第二中間薄膜裁下第二薄膜片。On the other hand, the coating thickness of the liquid crystal composition was changed to change the thickness of the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, whereby the in-plane retardation of the liquid crystal cured layer was changed to 38 nm. In addition to the above, the same operation as in the step (manufacture of the liquid crystal composition) and the step (manufacture of the intermediate film including the liquid crystal cured layer) of Example 1 was carried out to obtain a second intermediate film. The second film sheet is cut from the second intermediate film obtained in this regard.

除了使用在本實施例所準備之第一薄膜片及第二薄膜片,代替在實施例1所準備之第一薄膜片及第二薄膜片以外,進行與實施例1的工序(光學各向異性體的製造)相同的操作,進行光學各向異性體的製造及評價。The procedure of Example 1 (optical anisotropy) was carried out except that the first film sheet and the second film sheet prepared in the present example were used instead of the first film sheet and the second film sheet prepared in Example 1. The manufacture of the optical anisotropic body was carried out and evaluated in the same manner.

[實施例12][Embodiment 12]

實施例12係自實施例1將「相當於第一區域之液晶固化層的面內延遲」及「相當於第二區域之液晶固化層的面內延遲」變更的實施例。此實施例12的具體操作係如同以下所述。Example 12 is an example in which "the in-plane retardation corresponding to the liquid crystal cured layer of the first region" and "the in-plane retardation corresponding to the liquid crystal cured layer of the second region" were changed from Example 1. The specific operation of this embodiment 12 is as follows.

變更液晶組成物的塗布厚度以變更第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的厚度,藉此將液晶固化層的面內延遲變更為38 nm。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1的工序(液晶組成物的製造)及工序(包含液晶固化層之中間薄膜的製造)相同的操作,獲得第一中間薄膜。自如此獲得之第一中間薄膜裁下第一薄膜片。The thickness of the liquid crystal composition was changed to change the thickness of the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, whereby the in-plane retardation of the liquid crystal cured layer was changed to 38 nm. In addition to the above, the same operation as in the step (manufacture of the liquid crystal composition) and the step (manufacture of the intermediate film including the liquid crystal cured layer) of Example 1 was carried out to obtain a first intermediate film. The first film sheet is cut from the first intermediate film thus obtained.

另一方面,變更液晶組成物的塗布厚度以變更第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的厚度,藉此將液晶固化層的面內延遲變更為108 nm。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1的工序(液晶組成物的製造)及工序(包含液晶固化層之中間薄膜的製造)相同的操作,獲得第二中間薄膜。自如此獲得之第二中間薄膜裁下第二薄膜片。On the other hand, the coating thickness of the liquid crystal composition was changed to change the thickness of the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer, whereby the in-plane retardation of the liquid crystal cured layer was changed to 108 nm. In addition to the above, the same operation as in the step (manufacture of the liquid crystal composition) and the step (manufacture of the intermediate film including the liquid crystal cured layer) of Example 1 was carried out to obtain a second intermediate film. The second film sheet is cut from the second intermediate film thus obtained.

除了使用在本實施例所準備之第一薄膜片及第二薄膜片,代替在實施例1所準備之第一薄膜片及第二薄膜片以外,進行與實施例1的工序(光學各向異性體的製造)相同的操作,進行光學各向異性體的製造及評價。The procedure of Example 1 (optical anisotropy) was carried out except that the first film sheet and the second film sheet prepared in the present example were used instead of the first film sheet and the second film sheet prepared in Example 1. The manufacture of the optical anisotropic body was carried out and evaluated in the same manner.

[實施例13][Example 13]

實施例13係製造不含黏合劑層而僅包含液晶固化層之光學各向異性層的實施例。此實施例13的具體操作係如同下述。Example 13 is an example of producing an optically anisotropic layer containing no binder layer and containing only a liquid crystal cured layer. The specific operation of this embodiment 13 is as follows.

如同實施例1,對作為支撐基材之PET薄膜的非易滑處理面施以摩擦處理。之後,於PET薄膜的摩擦處理面,使用線棒塗布實施例1中所製造的液晶組成物,形成液晶組成物層。將前述液晶組成物層在135℃下加熱4分鐘,使層體內的液晶性化合物定向。之後,對液晶組成物層在氮氣環境下照射500 mJ/cm2 的紫外線,使液晶組成物層固化,形成第一單元固化層。對此第一單元固化層的表面施以摩擦處理。然後,於第一單元固化層的摩擦處理面,使用線棒塗布「使用於形成前述第一單元固化層之剩下的液晶組成物」,形成液晶組成物層。將前述液晶組成物層在135℃下加熱4分鐘,使層體內的液晶性化合物定向。藉此,獲得具有「PET薄膜/第一單元固化層/液晶組成物層」之層體結構的中間薄膜。As in Example 1, the non-slip-treated surface of the PET film as a supporting substrate was subjected to a rubbing treatment. Thereafter, the liquid crystal composition produced in Example 1 was applied to the rubbed surface of the PET film using a wire bar to form a liquid crystal composition layer. The liquid crystal composition layer was heated at 135 ° C for 4 minutes to orient the liquid crystalline compound in the layer. Thereafter, the liquid crystal composition layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 500 mJ/cm 2 in a nitrogen atmosphere to cure the liquid crystal composition layer to form a first unit cured layer. The surface of the first unit cured layer is subjected to a rubbing treatment. Then, on the rubbing treatment surface of the first unit solidified layer, "the remaining liquid crystal composition used for forming the first unit cured layer" is applied by a wire bar to form a liquid crystal composition layer. The liquid crystal composition layer was heated at 135 ° C for 4 minutes to orient the liquid crystalline compound in the layer. Thereby, an intermediate film having a layer structure of "PET film / first unit cured layer / liquid crystal composition layer" was obtained.

之後,將中間薄膜對半彎折。藉由此彎折,將位於折線之一側的液晶組成物層與位於折線之另一側的液晶組成物層直接貼合。在以下說明中,有時將位於折線之一側之中間薄膜的部分稱作「第一部分」,將位於折線之另一側之中間薄膜的部分稱作「第二部分」。前述彎折係以第一部分之第一單元固化層及液晶組成物層的面內慢軸與第二部分之第一單元固化層及液晶組成物層的面內慢軸變成平行之方式進行。Thereafter, the intermediate film is bent in half. By this bending, the liquid crystal composition layer on one side of the fold line is directly bonded to the liquid crystal composition layer on the other side of the fold line. In the following description, a portion of the intermediate film on one side of the fold line may be referred to as a "first portion", and a portion of the intermediate film located on the other side of the fold line may be referred to as a "second portion". The bending is performed such that the in-plane slow axis of the first unit cured layer and the liquid crystal composition layer of the first portion and the in-plane slow axis of the first unit cured layer and the liquid crystal composition layer of the second portion are parallel.

之後,對液晶組成物層在氮氣環境下照射500 mJ/cm2 的紫外線,使液晶組成物層固化,獲得作為光學各向異性層的液晶固化層。此液晶固化層具有「第一部分的第一單元固化層/第一部分的液晶組成物層固化而獲得之第二單元固化層/第二部分的液晶組成物層固化而獲得之第二單元固化層/第二部分的第一單元固化層」的層體結構。其中,「第一部分的第一單元固化層/第一部分的液晶組成物層固化而獲得之第二單元固化層」的部分相當於第一區域。並且,「第二部分的液晶組成物層固化而獲得之第二單元固化層/第二部分的第一單元固化層」的部分相當於第二區域。Thereafter, the liquid crystal composition layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 500 mJ/cm 2 in a nitrogen atmosphere to cure the liquid crystal composition layer, thereby obtaining a liquid crystal cured layer as an optically anisotropic layer. The liquid crystal cured layer has a "first unit cured layer of the first portion / a liquid crystal composition layer of the first portion is cured to obtain a second unit cured layer / a liquid crystal composition layer of the second portion is cured to obtain a second unit cured layer / The layer structure of the first unit cured layer of the second part. The portion of the "first unit cured layer of the first portion/the second unit cured layer obtained by curing the liquid crystal composition layer of the first portion" corresponds to the first region. Further, the portion of the "second unit cured layer obtained in the second portion of the liquid crystal composition layer and the first unit cured layer of the second portion" corresponds to the second region.

之後,剝下相接於液晶固化層之第一區域之範圍的PET薄膜。將因剝下PET薄膜而現出之液晶固化層之第一區域的表面與光學各向同性的樹脂薄膜,藉由前述黏合劑來貼合。然後,剝下PET薄膜之剩下的範圍,獲得具有「樹脂薄膜/黏合劑層/光學各向異性層」之層體結構的光學各向異性體。Thereafter, the PET film in the range of the first region of the liquid crystal cured layer is peeled off. The surface of the first region of the liquid crystal cured layer which has been peeled off by peeling off the PET film and the optically isotropic resin film are bonded together by the above-mentioned adhesive. Then, the remaining range of the PET film was peeled off to obtain an optical anisotropic body having a layer structure of "resin film/adhesive layer/optical anisotropic layer".

以上述方法評價所獲得之光學各向異性體。並且,亦進行光學各向異性體所包含之液晶固化層的評價。The obtained optical anisotropic body was evaluated by the above method. Further, evaluation of the liquid crystal cured layer included in the optical anisotropic body was also performed.

[實施例14][Embodiment 14]

實施例14係自實施例1將「所使用之液晶性化合物的種類」部分變更的實施例。此實施例14的具體操作係如同以下所述。Example 14 is an example in which the "type of liquid crystal compound used" was partially changed from Example 1. The specific operation of this embodiment 14 is as follows.

將液晶性化合物的種類自逆色散液晶性化合物A變更為由下述式所示之具有聚合性的逆色散液晶性化合物C。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1的工序(液晶組成物的製造)及工序(包含液晶固化層之中間薄膜的製造)相同的操作,獲得第一中間薄膜。自就此而獲得之第一中間薄膜裁下第一薄膜片。The type of the liquid crystal compound is changed from the inverse dispersion liquid crystal compound A to the polymerizable reverse dispersion liquid crystal compound C represented by the following formula. In addition to the above, the same operation as in the step (manufacture of the liquid crystal composition) and the step (manufacture of the intermediate film including the liquid crystal cured layer) of Example 1 was carried out to obtain a first intermediate film. The first film sheet is cut from the first intermediate film obtained in this regard.

『化25』

逆色散液晶性化合物C
『化25』

Inverse dispersion liquid crystalline compound C

除了使用在本實施例所準備之第一薄膜片,代替在實施例1所準備之第一薄膜片以外,進行與實施例1的工序(光學各向異性體的製造)相同的操作,進行光學各向異性體的製造及評價。The same operation as in the procedure of Example 1 (manufacture of an optical anisotropic body) was carried out, except that the first film sheet prepared in the present example was used instead of the first film sheet prepared in Example 1. Production and evaluation of anisotropic bodies.

[實施例15][Example 15]

實施例15係自實施例1將「所使用之液晶性化合物的種類」部分變更的實施例。此實施例15的具體操作係如同以下所述。Example 15 is an example in which the "type of liquid crystal compound used" was partially changed from Example 1. The specific operation of this embodiment 15 is as follows.

將液晶性化合物的種類自逆色散液晶性化合物A變更為逆色散液晶性化合物C。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1的工序(液晶組成物的製造)及工序(包含液晶固化層之中間薄膜的製造)相同的操作,獲得第二中間薄膜。自如此獲得之第二中間薄膜裁下第二薄膜片。The type of the liquid crystal compound is changed from the inverse dispersion liquid crystal compound A to the inverse dispersion liquid crystal compound C. In addition to the above, the same operation as in the step (manufacture of the liquid crystal composition) and the step (manufacture of the intermediate film including the liquid crystal cured layer) of Example 1 was carried out to obtain a second intermediate film. The second film sheet is cut from the second intermediate film thus obtained.

除了使用在本實施例所準備之第二薄膜片,代替在實施例1所準備之第二薄膜片以外,進行與實施例1的工序(光學各向異性體的製造)相同的操作,進行光學各向異性體的製造及評價。The same operation as in the procedure of Example 1 (manufacture of an optical anisotropic body) was carried out, except that the second film sheet prepared in the present example was used instead of the second film sheet prepared in Example 1. Production and evaluation of anisotropic bodies.

[實施例16][Example 16]

實施例16係自實施例1將「所使用之液晶性化合物的種類」變更的實施例。此實施例16的具體操作係如同以下所述。Example 16 is an example in which "the type of the liquid crystalline compound to be used" was changed from Example 1. The specific operation of this embodiment 16 is as follows.

除了將液晶性化合物的種類變自逆色散液晶性化合物A變更為逆色散液晶性化合物C以外,進行與實施例1相同的操作,進行光學各向異性體的製造及評價。The same operation as in Example 1 was carried out, except that the type of the liquid crystal compound was changed from the inverse dispersion liquid crystal compound A to the reverse dispersion liquid crystal compound C, and the optical anisotropic body was produced and evaluated.

[實施例17][Example 17]

實施例17係自實施例1將「光學各向異性層整體的面內延遲」變更的實施例。此實施例17的具體操作係如同以下所述。Example 17 is an example in which the "in-plane retardation of the entire optically anisotropic layer" was changed from Example 1. The specific operation of this embodiment 17 is as follows.

變更液晶組成物的塗布厚度以變更第一單元固化層及第二單元固化層的,藉此將液晶固化層的面內延遲變更為139 nm。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1相同的操作,進行光學各向異性體的製造及評價。The in-plane retardation of the liquid crystal cured layer was changed to 139 nm by changing the coating thickness of the liquid crystal composition to change the first unit cured layer and the second unit cured layer. Except for the above, the same operation as in Example 1 was carried out to produce and evaluate an optical anisotropic body.

[比較例1][Comparative Example 1]

使用氟系界面活性劑(DIC公司製「F562」)0.30重量份,代替氟系界面活性劑(AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.製「S420」)0.15重量份。除了以上事項以外,進行與實施例1的工序(液晶組成物的製造)相同的操作,獲得液晶組成物。0.30 part by weight of a fluorine-based surfactant ("F562" manufactured by DIC Corporation) was used instead of 0.15 parts by weight of a fluorine-based surfactant ("S420" manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.). Except for the above, the same operation as in the step (manufacture of the liquid crystal composition) of Example 1 was carried out to obtain a liquid crystal composition.

如同實施例1,對作為支撐基材之PET薄膜的非易滑處理面施以摩擦處理。之後,於PET薄膜的摩擦處理面,使用線棒,塗布在本比較例所準備的液晶組成物,形成液晶組成物層。As in Example 1, the non-slip-treated surface of the PET film as a supporting substrate was subjected to a rubbing treatment. Thereafter, the liquid crystal composition prepared in the present comparative example was applied to the rubbed surface of the PET film by using a wire bar to form a liquid crystal composition layer.

將前述液晶組成物層,在110℃下加熱4分鐘,使層體內的液晶性化合物定向。前述加熱條件係對應於所使用之液晶組成物的試驗組成物之殘留成分黏度變得大於800 cP的溫度條件。The liquid crystal composition layer was heated at 110 ° C for 4 minutes to orient the liquid crystalline compound in the layer. The above heating conditions correspond to temperature conditions in which the residual component viscosity of the test composition of the liquid crystal composition to be used becomes greater than 800 cP.

之後,對液晶組成物層在氮氣環境下照射500 mJ/cm2 的紫外線,使液晶組成物層固化,獲得厚度1.0 μm的液晶固化層。Thereafter, the liquid crystal composition layer was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 500 mJ/cm 2 in a nitrogen atmosphere to cure the liquid crystal composition layer, thereby obtaining a liquid crystal cured layer having a thickness of 1.0 μm.

藉此,獲得具備PET薄膜與液晶固化層的中間薄膜。使用所獲得之中間薄膜,藉由上述方法進行液晶固化層的評價。Thereby, an intermediate film having a PET film and a liquid crystal cured layer was obtained. The liquid crystal cured layer was evaluated by the above method using the obtained intermediate film.

除了使用在本比較例所準備之中間薄膜,代替在實施例1所準備之中間薄膜以外,進行與實施例1的工序(光學各向異性體的製造)相同的操作,進行光學各向異性體的製造及評價。An optical anisotropic body was produced in the same manner as in the step (manufacture of an optical anisotropic body) of Example 1, except that the intermediate film prepared in the present comparative example was used instead of the intermediate film prepared in Example 1. Manufacturing and evaluation.

[結果][result]

前述實施例及比較例的結果揭示於下述表1及表2。在下述表中,簡稱的意義係如同下述。
空/空:相當於第一區域之液晶固化層之空氣側的面與相當於第二區域之液晶固化層之空氣側的面貼合者。
基/空:相當於第一區域之液晶固化層之空氣側的面與相當於第二區域之液晶固化層之PET薄膜側的面貼合者。
基/基:相當於第一區域之液晶固化層之PET薄膜側的面與相當於第二區域之液晶固化層之PET薄膜側的面貼合者。
液晶「A」:逆色散液晶性化合物A。
液晶「B」:順色散液晶性化合物B。
液晶「C]:逆色散液晶性化合物C。
θ1:在光學各向異性層之特定剖面中,光學各向異性層之第一區域的慢軸相對於該光學各向異性層之面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度。
T1:光學各向異性層之第一區域的厚度。
Re1:光學各向異性層之第一區域的面內延遲。
波長色散性「逆」:逆波長色散性。
波長色散性「順」:順波長色散性。
θ2:在光學各向異性層之特定剖面中,光學各向異性層之第二區域的慢軸相對於該光學各向異性層之面內方向(亦即相對於層體平面)所夾之角度。
T2:光學各向異性層之第二區域的厚度。
Re2:光學各向異性層之第二區域的面內延遲。
Δθ:在光學各向異性層之特定剖面中,第一區域的慢軸與第二區域的慢軸所夾之角度。
The results of the foregoing examples and comparative examples are disclosed in Tables 1 and 2 below. In the following tables, the meaning of the abbreviation is as follows.
Empty/empty: a surface corresponding to the air side of the liquid crystal cured layer of the first region and the air side of the liquid crystal cured layer corresponding to the second region.
Base/empty: a surface corresponding to the air side surface of the liquid crystal cured layer of the first region and the surface of the PET film side corresponding to the liquid crystal cured layer of the second region.
Base/base: a surface conforming to the surface of the PET film side of the liquid crystal cured layer of the first region and the surface of the PET film side corresponding to the liquid crystal cured layer of the second region.
Liquid crystal "A": inverse dispersion liquid crystal compound A.
Liquid crystal "B": cis-dispersion liquid crystal compound B.
Liquid crystal "C": inverse dispersion liquid crystal compound C.
Θ1: the angle between the slow axis of the first region of the optically anisotropic layer relative to the in-plane direction of the optically anisotropic layer (ie, relative to the plane of the layer) in a particular section of the optically anisotropic layer .
T1: thickness of the first region of the optically anisotropic layer.
Re1: In-plane retardation of the first region of the optically anisotropic layer.
Wavelength dispersion "reverse": inverse wavelength dispersion.
Wavelength dispersion "shun": chromatic wavelength dispersion.
Θ2: the angle between the slow axis of the second region of the optically anisotropic layer relative to the in-plane direction of the optically anisotropic layer (ie, relative to the plane of the layer) in a particular section of the optically anisotropic layer .
T2: thickness of the second region of the optically anisotropic layer.
Re2: In-plane retardation of the second region of the optically anisotropic layer.
Δθ: the angle between the slow axis of the first region and the slow axis of the second region in a particular section of the optically anisotropic layer.

『表1』
[表1.實施例及比較例的結構]
※1:實施例13之光學各向異性層整體的面內延遲為140 nm。
※2:實施例13之光學各向異性層整體為逆波長色散性。
"Table 1"
[Table 1. Structure of Examples and Comparative Examples]
*1: The in-plane retardation of the entire optically anisotropic layer of Example 13 was 140 nm.
*2: The entire optically anisotropic layer of Example 13 has reverse wavelength dispersion.

『表2』
[表2.實施例及比較例的結果]
"Table 2"
[Table 2. Results of Examples and Comparative Examples]

[討論][discuss]

由表1可知,在特定剖面中之「第一區域的第一慢軸」與「第二區域的第二慢軸」的交叉角度Δθ位於指定範圍的情況下,可抑制在光學各向異性層之傾斜方向上之延遲的方向依賴性。因此,無論在垂直於面內慢軸的方位及垂直於面內快軸的方位之任一者中,皆可實現優異之反射抑制能力。因此,自實施例之結果可確認到:根據本發明之光學各向異性體,能實現可抑制在傾斜方向上之反射抑制能力之方向依賴性的偏光板。As can be seen from Table 1, in the case where the intersection angle Δθ of the "first slow axis of the first region" and the "second slow axis of the second region" in the specific section is within the specified range, the optical anisotropic layer can be suppressed. The direction dependence of the delay in the oblique direction. Therefore, excellent reflection suppression capability can be achieved in either of the orientation perpendicular to the in-plane slow axis and the orientation perpendicular to the in-plane fast axis. Therefore, it has been confirmed from the results of the examples that the optical anisotropic body according to the present invention can realize a polarizing plate capable of suppressing the direction dependence of the reflection suppressing ability in the oblique direction.

10‧‧‧光學各向異性體10‧‧‧ Optical anisotropic body

20‧‧‧光學各向異性體 20‧‧‧ Optical anisotropic body

100‧‧‧光學各向異性層 100‧‧‧ Optical anisotropic layer

100E‧‧‧評價用剖面 100E‧‧‧ evaluation profile

100S‧‧‧特定剖面 100S‧‧‧Specific profile

110‧‧‧第一區域 110‧‧‧First area

111‧‧‧液晶性化合物之分子 111‧‧‧Molecular molecules of liquid crystal compounds

120‧‧‧第二區域 120‧‧‧Second area

121‧‧‧液晶性化合物之分子 121‧‧‧Molecular molecules of liquid crystal compounds

200‧‧‧光學各向異性層 200‧‧‧ Optical anisotropic layer

200S‧‧‧特定剖面 200S‧‧‧Specific profile

230‧‧‧非液晶區域 230‧‧‧Non-liquid crystal area

A1‧‧‧面內慢軸 A1‧‧‧In-plane slow axis

A2‧‧‧面內快軸 A2‧‧‧In-plane fast axis

A3‧‧‧厚度方向 A3‧‧‧ thickness direction

A4‧‧‧傾斜方向 A4‧‧‧ tilt direction

A5‧‧‧方位 A5‧‧‧ position

A6‧‧‧面內方向 A6‧‧‧Inside direction

A110‧‧‧第一慢軸 A110‧‧‧First slow axis

A120‧‧‧第二慢軸 A120‧‧‧second slow axis

A130‧‧‧慢軸 A130‧‧‧ slow axis

A140‧‧‧慢軸 A140‧‧‧ slow axis

ϕ1‧‧‧極角 Φ1‧‧‧ polar angle

ϕ2‧‧‧方位角 Φ2‧‧‧ azimuth

〈圖1〉圖1係繪示本發明之第一實施型態相關之光學各向異性體的立體示意圖。Fig. 1 is a perspective view showing an optical anisotropic body according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

〈圖2〉圖2係繪示本發明之第一實施型態相關之光學各向異性體之光學各向異性層的剖面示意圖。Fig. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an optically anisotropic layer of an optical anisotropic body according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

〈圖3〉圖3係繪示作為以平行於面內慢軸且對厚度方向不平行之平面所切割之一例的光學各向異性層之一部分的立體示意圖。Fig. 3 is a perspective view showing a portion of an optically anisotropic layer as an example of a plane cut parallel to the in-plane slow axis and not parallel to the thickness direction.

〈圖4〉圖4係繪示本發明之第一實施型態相關之光學各向異性體之光學各向異性層的剖面示意圖。Fig. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an optically anisotropic layer of an optical anisotropic body according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

〈圖5〉圖5係繪示本發明之第一實施型態相關之光學各向異性體之光學各向異性層的剖面示意圖。Fig. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an optically anisotropic layer of an optical anisotropic body according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

〈圖6〉圖6係繪示本發明之第一實施型態相關之光學各向異性體之光學各向異性層的剖面示意圖。Fig. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an optically anisotropic layer of an optical anisotropic body according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

〈圖7〉圖7係繪示本發明之第一實施型態相關之光學各向異性體之光學各向異性層的剖面示意圖。Fig. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an optically anisotropic layer of an optical anisotropic body according to a first embodiment of the present invention.

〈圖8〉圖8係繪示本發明之第二實施型態相關之光學各向異性體的立體示意圖。Fig. 8 is a perspective view showing an optical anisotropic body according to a second embodiment of the present invention.

〈圖9〉圖9係繪示本發明之第二實施型態相關之光學各向異性體之光學各向異性層的剖面示意圖。Fig. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an optically anisotropic layer of an optical anisotropic body according to a second embodiment of the present invention.

Claims (11)

一種光學各向異性體,其具備包含第一區域及第二區域的光學各向異性層,所述第一區域及第二區域係由包含液晶性化合物之液晶組成物的固化物所形成且滿足下述要件(1)~(3):(1)在平行於前述光學各向異性層之面內慢軸及厚度方向兩者的前述光學各向異性層之剖面中,前述第一區域具有相對於前述光學各向異性層之面內方向傾斜的第一慢軸;(2)在前述剖面中,前述第二區域具有相對於前述光學各向異性層之面內方向傾斜的第二慢軸;(3)在前述剖面中,前述第一慢軸與前述第二慢軸所夾之角度Δθ為40°~80°。An optical anisotropic body comprising an optically anisotropic layer comprising a first region and a second region, wherein the first region and the second region are formed of a cured product of a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal compound and satisfy The following requirements (1) to (3): (1) in the cross section of the optically anisotropic layer parallel to both the slow axis and the thickness direction of the surface of the optically anisotropic layer, the first region has a relative a first slow axis inclined in an in-plane direction of the optically anisotropic layer; (2) in the cross section, the second region has a second slow axis inclined with respect to an in-plane direction of the optically anisotropic layer; (3) In the cross section, the angle Δθ between the first slow axis and the second slow axis is 40° to 80°. 如請求項1所述之光學各向異性體,其中前述第一區域的面內慢軸與前述第二區域的面內慢軸所夾之角度為0°~5°。The optical anisotropic body according to claim 1, wherein an angle between the in-plane slow axis of the first region and the in-plane slow axis of the second region is 0° to 5°. 如請求項1所述之光學各向異性體,其中在前述光學各向異性層之前述剖面中,前述第一區域的第一慢軸相對於前述光學各向異性層之面內方向所夾之角度θ1為20°~40°,在前述光學各向異性層之前述剖面中,前述第二區域的第二慢軸相對於前述光學各向異性層之面內方向所夾之角度θ2為20°~40°。The optical anisotropic body according to claim 1, wherein in the aforementioned cross section of the optically anisotropic layer, the first slow axis of the first region is opposed to the in-plane direction of the optically anisotropic layer The angle θ1 is 20° to 40°, and in the cross section of the optical anisotropic layer, the angle θ2 of the second slow axis of the second region with respect to the in-plane direction of the optical anisotropic layer is 20°. ~40°. 如請求項1所述之光學各向異性體,其中在量測波長550 nm之前述光學各向異性層的面內延遲為100 nm以上且180 nm以下。The optical anisotropic body according to claim 1, wherein the in-plane retardation of the optically anisotropic layer at a measurement wavelength of 550 nm is 100 nm or more and 180 nm or less. 如請求項1所述之光學各向異性體,其中在量測波長550 nm之前述光學各向異性層的面內延遲為240 nm以上且320 nm以下。The optical anisotropic body according to claim 1, wherein the in-plane retardation of the optically anisotropic layer at a measurement wavelength of 550 nm is 240 nm or more and 320 nm or less. 如請求項4所述之光學各向異性體,其中在量測波長550 nm之前述第一區域的面內延遲及前述第二區域的面內延遲兩者皆為30 nm以上。The optical anisotropic body according to claim 4, wherein the in-plane retardation of the first region at the measurement wavelength of 550 nm and the in-plane retardation of the second region are both 30 nm or more. 如請求項5所述之光學各向異性體,其中在量測波長550 nm之前述第一區域的面內延遲及前述第二區域的面內延遲兩者皆為60 nm以上。The optical anisotropic body according to claim 5, wherein the in-plane retardation of the first region at the measurement wavelength of 550 nm and the in-plane retardation of the second region are both 60 nm or more. 如請求項1所述之光學各向異性體,其係相位差薄膜。The optical anisotropic body according to claim 1, which is a retardation film. 一種光學各向異性體的製造方法,其係如請求項1至8之任一項所述之光學各向異性體的製造方法,包含:準備由包含液晶性化合物之液晶組成物的固化物所形成之層體的工序;以及貼合前述層體的工序。The method for producing an optically anisotropic body according to any one of claims 1 to 8, comprising: preparing a cured product of a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystalline compound a step of forming the layer body; and a step of bonding the layer body. 一種光學各向異性體的製造方法,其係如請求項1至8之任一項所述之光學各向異性體的製造方法,包含:準備由包含液晶性化合物之液晶組成物所形成之層體的工序;貼合前述層體的工序;以及使經貼合之前述層體固化的工序。A method of producing an optically anisotropic body according to any one of claims 1 to 8, comprising: preparing a layer formed of a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystalline compound a step of bonding the layer; a step of bonding the layered body; and a step of curing the layered body to be bonded. 一種偏光板,其具備如請求項1至8之任一項所述之光學各向異性體及直線偏光件。A polarizing plate comprising the optical anisotropic body according to any one of claims 1 to 8 and a linear polarizing member.
TW108101624A 2018-01-19 2019-01-16 Optically anisotropic body and method for manufacturing same TW201936902A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018007539 2018-01-19
JP2018-007539 2018-01-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201936902A true TW201936902A (en) 2019-09-16

Family

ID=67302423

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108101624A TW201936902A (en) 2018-01-19 2019-01-16 Optically anisotropic body and method for manufacturing same

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2019142839A1 (en)
TW (1) TW201936902A (en)
WO (1) WO2019142839A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW472081B (en) * 1996-09-17 2002-01-11 Merck Patent Gmbh Optical retardation film
JP2005062668A (en) * 2003-08-19 2005-03-10 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Liquid crystal display
JP4667109B2 (en) * 2005-04-12 2011-04-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Optical compensation film and liquid crystal display device
JP2007041583A (en) * 2005-07-30 2007-02-15 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Polarization compensation film, manufacturing method of polarizing prism film, display panel assembly and display device
KR101891421B1 (en) * 2014-02-12 2018-08-24 제이엑스티지 에네루기 가부시키가이샤 Retardation plate, laminated polarizing plate using retardation plate, and display device using retardation plate
CN105676318B (en) * 2014-12-08 2018-06-05 三星电子株式会社 Anti-reflective film and the organic luminescent device for including it
US10564337B2 (en) * 2015-10-05 2020-02-18 Lg Chem, Ltd. Optical film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2019142839A1 (en) 2019-07-25
JPWO2019142839A1 (en) 2021-01-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI732017B (en) Optical anisotropy laminated body, polarizing plate and image display device
TWI719177B (en) Optically anisotropic laminated body, circular polarizing plate and image display device
TW201640144A (en) Transfer body for optical film, optical film, organic electroluminescence display device, and method for manufacturing optical film
US20180370184A1 (en) Optical anisotropic layer and manufacturing method therefor, optical anisotropic laminate, and circularly polarizing plate
TW202026405A (en) Retardation film, method for producing same and polarizing plate
TW201937210A (en) Hardened liquid crystal film and method for manufacturing same, polarization plate, and organic electroluminescence display device
TW201936902A (en) Optically anisotropic body and method for manufacturing same
JP7222235B2 (en) Elongated circularly polarizing plate and manufacturing method thereof
TWI797256B (en) Liquid crystal cured layer and method for manufacturing same, optical film, polarizing plate and display device
JP2019132895A (en) Organic light-emitting display device
JP7276143B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment layer and manufacturing method thereof, optical film and manufacturing method thereof, quarter wave plate, polarizing plate and organic electroluminescence display panel
TW201935050A (en) Optically anisotropic body and method for manufacturing same
TW201932945A (en) Organic light emitting display device
JP7306273B2 (en) Liquid crystal cured film, polarizing plate and method for manufacturing organic electroluminescence display device
TW201930568A (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal cured film
JP7363483B2 (en) Optical film and its manufacturing method, quarter wavelength plate, polarizing plate, and organic electroluminescent display panel
JP7363484B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment layer and its manufacturing method, optical film and its manufacturing method, quarter wavelength plate, polarizing plate, and organic electroluminescent display panel
WO2020116466A1 (en) Liquid-crystal cured film and method for manufacturing same
TW202012505A (en) Liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal cured film, polarization plate, organic electroluminescent display device, and liquid crystal cured film production method
JP2021004994A (en) Liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal cured film, its manufacturing method, polarizer and organic electroluminescence display device
JP2020034879A (en) Liquid crystal cured film, polarizing plate, and method for manufacturing organic electroluminescence display